TWI300776B - Novel compounds - Google Patents

Novel compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI300776B
TWI300776B TW094140922A TW94140922A TWI300776B TW I300776 B TWI300776 B TW I300776B TW 094140922 A TW094140922 A TW 094140922A TW 94140922 A TW94140922 A TW 94140922A TW I300776 B TWI300776 B TW I300776B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
compound
pyrrolidin
pain
benzamide
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW094140922A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200626543A (en
Inventor
Paul Vincent Fish
Thomas Ryckmans
Alan Stobie
Florian Wakenhut
Gavin Alistair Whitlock
Original Assignee
Pfizer
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pfizer filed Critical Pfizer
Publication of TW200626543A publication Critical patent/TW200626543A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI300776B publication Critical patent/TWI300776B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/12Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for climacteric disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/14Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical

Description

1300776 九、發明說明: L發明戶斤屬之技術領域3 本發明係有關於抑制單胺再吸收之新穎的醯胺化合 物,其製備方法,含有其等之藥學組成物,及其於藥物之 用途。 I[先前技術3 【發明内容】1300776 IX. Description of the invention: Technical field of L inventions 3 The present invention relates to novel indoleamine compounds for inhibiting monoamine reabsorption, a preparation method thereof, a pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and the use thereof . I [Prior Art 3 [Summary of the Invention]

本發明之化合物展現作為血清素及/或去甲腎上腺素 再吸收之抑制劑之活性,因此,於各種治療領域具有用途。 例如,本發明之化合物係用以治療其間涉及單胺轉運體功 能調節之疾病,更特別地係其間涉及抑制血清素或去曱腎 上腺素再吸收之疾病。再者,本發明之化合物係用於其間 涉及抑制血清素及去曱腎上腺素之疾病,諸如,尿失禁。 另外,本發明之化合物係用於其間相較於其它者係欲優先 抑制去曱腎上腺素或血清素再吸收之疾病,諸如,疼痛、 纖維肌痛、ADHA,及憂鬱症。 依據第一方面,本發明提供一種化學式⑴之化合物,The compounds of the present invention exhibit activity as inhibitors of serotonin and/or norepinephrine reuptake and, therefore, have utility in various therapeutic fields. For example, the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of diseases involving modulation of monoamine transporter functions, and more particularly in diseases involving inhibition of serotonin or norepinephrine reuptake. Further, the compounds of the present invention are used for diseases involving inhibition of serotonin and norepinephrine, such as urinary incontinence. Further, the compound of the present invention is used for diseases in which it is desired to preferentially inhibit norepinephrine or serotonin reuptake, such as pain, fibromyalgia, ADHA, and depression. According to a first aspect, the present invention provides a compound of formula (1),

及其藥學及/或獸醫可接受之衍生物,其中: R1、R2、R3及R2Q每一者個別係 Η、a、Br、F、I、CF3、OCF3、 Me 或 Et ; 1300776 R4係het或A7環烷基,選擇性以 有2至4個碳料之純纽基,& Cl.4錄基、含 a係0或1 ;】 (cw烧基)取代; het係非芳香族之4、5或6員之雜環, 雜原子,選擇性地稠合成5或6M 有至少—N’s 純店7 灭每基或含有至少一Ν、 〇或从原子之第二4、5或6員之雜if |L ^ t 辰其中,het基選擇性 地以至少一個別選自Ci8烷基、 K8况乳基、OH、i基、CF” 〇CF3、SCF3、羥基-Cl_6烷基、c U4坑虱基-Cm烷基,及匕4 烷基-S-Ci·4烷基之取代基取代; 10 但R1、R2及R3之至少一者係非H。 於本發明之-較佳實施例,R、Q、仏、f、i、cF3、 Me或Et;;且R2及R3每—者個別係H、α、Br、f、ς、π]、 Me或Et。於另一實施例,RjR2每—者個別係a、玢、f、 I、CF3、Me 或 Et ’ 且 R3係 H、cn、Br、F、I、CF3、Me 或 Et。 15於另一較佳實施例’ R1係C卜Me或CF3 ; R2係H、Cl,或F ; 且R3係H、Cl或F。 依據本發明之另一實施例,R2及R20係非H。於此一實 施例,R2及R2G每一者彼此可為Cl V F、CF3、Me,或Et。 依據本發明之另一實施例,R1、R2及R2G係非氫。於此 20 一實施例,R1、R2及R20每一者彼此可為Cl、F、CF3、Me, 或Et。 依據本發明之另一實施例,R1、R3及R2G係非氫。於此 一實施例,R1、R3及R2G每一者可個別為a、F、CF3、Me, 或Et。 1300776 依據上述之本發縣何實施例,R4可為eh魏基,選 擇性地以Cl.4垸氧基、含有_目碳原子之烧氧 基烧基,或-s-(Cl▲基)取代。依據另_實施例,r4可為^ 環烧基,選擇性地以Me或Et取代。 一 依據上述本發明之任何實施例,a可為〇。 依據上述本發明之任何實施例,het基可以_、_戋二 個_選自紐、0H、Cl.4絲及CF3之取代基取代了 =And pharmaceutically and/or veterinary acceptable derivatives thereof, wherein: R1, R2, R3 and R2Q each are individually Η, a, Br, F, I, CF3, OCF3, Me or Et; 1300776 R4 is het or A7 cycloalkyl, optionally with a pure ruthenium of 2 to 4 carbon materials, & Cl.4, a system containing 0 or 1; (cw alkyl); het non-aromatic 4 , 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic rings, heteroatoms, selectively fused to 5 or 6M, at least -N's pure shop 7 to destroy each group or contain at least one hydrazine, hydrazine or from the second, 4, 5 or 6 members of the atom Miscellaneous if | L ^ t chen wherein the het group is selectively selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of Ci8 alkyl, K8-based lactide, OH, i-based, CF" 〇CF3, SCF3, hydroxy-Cl_6 alkyl, c U4 pit Substituted by a substituent of a fluorenyl-Cm alkyl group and a 匕4 alkyl-S-Ci.4 alkyl group; 10 but at least one of R1, R2 and R3 is other than H. In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, And R, R, i, cF3, Me or Et; Each of them is a, 玢, f, I, CF3, Me or Et ' and R3 is H, cn, Br, F, I, CF3, Me or Et. 15 In another preferred embodiment 'R1 is C or Me or CF3; R2 is H, Cl, or F; and R3 is H, Cl or F. According to another embodiment of the present invention, R2 and R20 are Non-H. In this embodiment, each of R2 and R2G may be Cl VF, CF3, Me, or Et. According to another embodiment of the present invention, R1, R2, and R2G are non-hydrogen. In an embodiment, each of R1, R2, and R20 may be Cl, F, CF3, Me, or Et. According to another embodiment of the present invention, R1, R3, and R2G are non-hydrogen. In this embodiment, R1 Each of R3 and R2G may be a, F, CF3, Me, or Et. 1300776 According to the above embodiment of the present invention, R4 may be eh-Wei-based, optionally with Cl. 4 decyloxy, An alkoxyalkyl group containing a hydrazine carbon atom, or a -s-(Cl y) group. According to another embodiment, r4 may be a cycloalkyl group, optionally substituted with Me or Et. In any embodiment of the invention, a may be 〇. According to any of the above embodiments of the invention, the het group may be substituted with _, _ 戋 two substituents selected from the group consisting of nucleus, 0H, Cl.4 and CF3.

—實施例,有關本發明之第—方面及任何特別實施例之如 上所述化合物之het基可為未經取代。 於另一實施例,本發明提供一種選自下述之化合物: 2,3·二氯I環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷!基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氯|環戊基_4H[(3S)_n比咯烷!基]笨甲醯胺, 氣-N-環戊基-2_曱基_N_[(3S)-吡咯烷各基]笨甲酸胺, 環戊基-3-氟·2-甲基县[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]笨甲驢胺, 15 2-氯-Ν-環戊基-3-氟-N-IX3S)-11比洛烧-3-基]笨甲酸胺, 2.3- 二氯環己基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲酸胺, 2-氣環己基!氟-N-[(3S)-咄咯烷-3-基]笨甲醯胺, 队環己基!氟-2-甲基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氯-N-環丁基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]笨甲醯胺, 20 N-環丁基甲基-2,3-二氣-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]笨曱醯胺, 2,3·二氯(環丙基甲基)-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷I基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氯-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-Ν-四氫-2H-吡喃冬基苯甲 酉藍胺, 2-氯-Ν-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 1300776 2-氣-N-環己基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2- 氣-N-環庚基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, N-環庚基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯甲醯胺, N-環己基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯甲醯胺, 5 N-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2(三氟甲基)苯甲醯胺, 2,3-二氯-N-[(l-甲基環丙基)甲基]-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯 甲醯胺, 3- 氯-2-甲基-N-[(l-甲基環丙基)甲基]-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基] 苯甲醯胺, 10 N-(環丁基曱基)-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯曱醯 胺, 或其藥學及/或獸醫可接受之衍生物。 藥學及/或獸醫可接受之衍生物係意指化學式(I)之化 合物之任何藥學或獸醫可接受之鹽、溶劑化物、酯或醯胺, 15 或此酯或醯胺之鹽或溶劑化物,或當投藥至接受者時能(直 接或間接地)提供化學式(I)之化合物或其活性代謝物或殘 質之任何其它化合物。 對於藥學或獸醫之用途,雖然上述之鹽為藥學或獸醫 可接受之鹽,但其它鹽可發現,例如,於製備化學式⑴之 20 化合物及其藥學或獸醫可接受之鹽之用途。 前述藥學或獸醫可接受之鹽包含其酸加成鹽及其鹼 鹽0 適合之酸加成鹽係自形成非毒性鹽之酸形成。例子包 含乙酸鹽、門冬氨酸鹽、苯曱酸鹽、苯磺酸鹽、碳酸氫鹽/ 1300776 碳酸鹽、硫酸氫鹽/硫酸鹽、右旋樟腦磺酸鹽、檸檬酸鹽、 半檸檬酸鹽、乙二磺酸鹽、半乙二磺酸鹽、乙磺酸鹽、福 馬酸鹽、葡庚糖酸鹽、葡萄糖酸鹽、葡萄糖酸酸鹽、海苯 酸鹽、氣氣®文鹽/氣化物、氫>臭酸鹽/>臭化物、氫硬酸鹽/埃 5 化物、羥乙基績酸鹽、乳酸鹽、蘋果酸鹽、馬來酸鹽、丙 二酸鹽、甲磺酸鹽·曱基硫酸鹽、2-萘續酸鹽、煙酸鹽、 硝酸鹽、乳清酸鹽、雙羥萘酸鹽、磷酸鹽/磷酸氫鹽、麟酸 二氫鹽、糖酸鹽、硬脂酸鹽、琥珀酸鹽、酒石酸鹽,及托 西酸鹽。 10 適合之鹼鹽係自形成非毒性鹽之鹼形成。例子包含 鋁、精氨酸、N,N’-雙笮基乙撐二胺、鈣、膽鹼、二乙基胺、 二乙醇胺、甘氨酸、離氨酸、镁、葡甲胺、乙醇胺、卸、 鈉、三甲胺及鋅鹽。 對於適合鹽之細查,見”藥學鹽手冊:性質、選擇及用 15 途 ”(“Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use", Stahl & Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, Weinheim,Germany,2002)。 化學式(I)之化合物之藥學可接受鹽可藉由此化合物及 所4人之酸或驗(適合者)之>谷液混合在一起而輕易製造。鹽可 20自溶液沈澱,且藉由過濾收集,或可藉由蒸發溶劑而回收。 鹽之鹽子化程度可由完全離子化至幾乎未離子化而變化。 依據本發明之藥學可接受溶劑化物包含化學式⑴之化 合物之水合物及溶劑化物。 亦於本發明範圍内係諸如包合物之錯合物,包含藥物- 1300776 、 冑主之錯合物,其中,與前述溶劑化物相反,藥物及宿主 . 偏化學計量或非化學計量之含量存在。亦包含於本發明 内係含有一或更多種之可為化學計量或非化學計量含量之 有機及/或無機之組份之藥學藥物之錯合物。形成之錯合物 5可為離子化、部份離子化,或非離子化。對於此等錯合物 之細查’見 J Pharm· Sci,包⑻,12691288, Haleblian (1975 年8月)。 φ 化學式⑴之化合物可於化合物之任何官能基改質而提 供其藥學或獸醫可接受之衍生物。此等衍生物之例子係描 W述於·今日藥物(DrUgS 〇f Today),第19冊,編號9,1983, 499-538頁,化學主題(Topics in Chemistry),第 31音,306-316 頁;及”前趨藥之設計,,(Design of pr〇drugs),Η· Bundgaard, Elsevier ’ 1985 ’第1章(此等文獻中之揭示内容在此被併入 以供參考之用),且包含:酯、碳酸酯、半酯、磷酸酯、石肖 15 基S旨、硫酸S旨、亞礙、醯胺、續醯胺、氨基曱酸酿、偶氮 化合物、磷酿胺、苷、醚、縮駿,及縮酮。 B 熟習此項技藝者會進一步瞭解某些部份(此項技藝稱 為”前部份”(pro-moieties),例如,H· Bundgaard於”前趨藥 之設計”(ibid)所述)於官能基存在於本發明化合物内時可被 20置於此等適當官能基上。 化學式(I)之化合物由於吡咯烷-3-基部份之不對稱碳 原子及可藉由R4之某些意義所定義之另外之不對稱碳原子 而'^含有一或多個對掌中心。雖然3-位置之化學計量係固 定,任何另外之對掌中心可以任何可能之立體異構物型式 1300776 存在。 需瞭解本發明包含本發明化合物之所有異構物,包含 幾何、互變異構及光學之型式(但吡咯燒部份之3_位置之= 掌中心除外),及其等之混合物(例如,互變異構或消旋之混 5 合物)。- Examples, the het group of the compound as described above in relation to the first aspect of the invention and any particular embodiment may be unsubstituted. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of: 2,3·dichloro Icyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidine! Benzobenzamide, 2.3-dichloro|cyclopentyl_4H[(3S)_n-rrolidine! Alkylamine, gas-N-cyclopentyl-2-ylindolyl_N_[(3S)-pyrrolidine)] benzoic acid amine, cyclopentyl-3-fluoro-2-methyl county [( 3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]pyridylcarboxamide, 15 2-chloro-indole-cyclopentyl-3-fluoro-N-IX3S)-11pyrazole-3-yl]formic acid amine, 2.3- Dichlorocyclohexyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzoic acid amine, 2-cyclohexyl! Fluorine-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl] arachidylamine, a group of cyclohexyl groups! Fluor-2-methyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 2.3-dichloro-N-cyclobutyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl Benzomethionine, 20 N-cyclobutylmethyl-2,3-digas-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl] alum, amine, 2,3, dichloro (cyclopropyl) -N-[(3S)-pyrrolidinyl]benzamide, 2.3-dichloro-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-indole-tetrahydro-2H-pyranium Benzobenzamide, 2-chloro-indole-cyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 1300776 2-gas-N-cyclohexyl-N-[( 3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 2-gas-N-cycloheptyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, N-cycloheptyl- N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide, N-cyclohexyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide, 5 N-cyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2(trifluoromethyl)benzamide, 2,3-di Chloro-N-[(l-methylcyclopropyl)methyl]-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 3-chloro-2-methyl-N-[( 1-Methylcyclopropyl)methyl]-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 10 N-(cyclobutylindenyl)-N-[(3S)-pyrrole Alkan-3-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoguanamine, or Rheology and / or veterinary acceptable derivatives thereof. A pharmaceutically and/or veterinary acceptable derivative means any pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salt, solvate, ester or guanamine of the compound of formula (I), 15 or a salt or solvate of the ester or guanamine, Or any other compound of the compound of formula (I) or its active metabolite or residue can be provided (directly or indirectly) when administered to a recipient. For pharmaceutical or veterinary use, although the above salts are pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salts, other salts may be found, for example, for the preparation of the compound of formula (1) 20 and its pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salts. The aforementioned pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salts include the acid addition salts thereof and the base salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate / 1300776 carbonate, hydrogen sulfate / sulfate, dextrocamphor, citrate, semi-citric acid Salt, ethanedisulfonate, hemi-ethanedisulfonate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, gluconate, gluconate, citrate, gas-gas® salt Vapor, hydrogen >sour acid salt/>smell, hydroxystearate/e5, hydroxyethyl acid salt, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonic acid Salt, sulfhydryl sulfate, 2-naphthyl acid salt, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate, dihydrogen salt, sugar, hard Fatty acid, succinate, tartrate, and tosylate. 10 Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include aluminum, arginine, N,N'-bis-decylethylenediamine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diethanolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, ethanolamine, unloading, Sodium, trimethylamine and zinc salts. For a detailed review of suitable salts, see the "Pharmaceutical Salt Handbook: Properties, Selection, and Use", Stahl & Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2002). The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of the formula (I) can be easily produced by mixing the compound and the acid of the person or the liquid of the tester (suitable). The salt can be precipitated from the solution, and Collected by filtration, or may be recovered by evaporating the solvent. The degree of salting of the salt may vary from fully ionized to almost non-ionized. The pharmaceutically acceptable solvate according to the invention comprises a hydrate of the compound of formula (1) and Solvate. Also within the scope of the present invention is a complex such as a clathrate comprising a drug - 1300776, a complex of hydrazine, wherein, contrary to the solvate described above, the drug and the host. Partial stoichiometry or non-stoichiometry The present invention is also included in the present invention as a pharmaceutical drug containing one or more organic and/or inorganic components which may be in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts. The complex 5 formed may be ionized, partially ionized, or non-ionized. For a detailed investigation of such complexes, see J Pharm Sci, Bao (8), 12691288, Haleblian (1975 8 φ) The compound of formula (1) can be modified with any functional group of the compound to provide a pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable derivative thereof. Examples of such derivatives are described in DrUgS 〇f Today. Book 19, No. 9, 1983, pages 499-538, Topics in Chemistry, 31st, pp. 306-316; and "Design of pr〇drugs, Η· Bundgaard, Elsevier '1985 'Chapter 1 (the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference) and include: esters, carbonates, half esters, phosphates, lithographs, Sulphuric acid S, sulphate, decylamine, decylamine, amino phthalic acid, azo compound, phosphorus amine, glycoside, ether, shrinkage, and ketal. B Those skilled in the art will learn more about certain departments. (this technique is called "pro-moieties", for example, H. Bundgaard" The design (ibid) can be placed on these suitable functional groups when a functional group is present in the compound of the invention. The compound of formula (I) is due to the asymmetric carbon atom of the pyrrolidin-3-yl moiety. And may have one or more pairs of palm centers by means of another asymmetric carbon atom defined by some meaning of R4. While the 3-position stoichiometry is fixed, any other pair of palm centers can exist in any possible stereoisomer form 1300776. It will be understood that the invention encompasses all isomers of the compounds of the invention, including geometric, tautomeric and optical forms (except for the 3' position of the pyrrole moiety = except for the palm center), and mixtures thereof (eg, a mixture of metameric or racemic compounds).

10 15 本發明化合物可以-或多種互變異構型式存在。其所 有互變異構物及混合物係包含於本發明範圍内。例如,請 求2-羥基吡啶亦涵蓋其互變異構型式^-吡啶酮。 明 需瞭解本發明包含化學式(1)之放射性標記化合物。 化學式(I)之化合物及其藥學及獸醫可接受之衍生物亦 能以多於-種結晶型式存在,稱為多態之特性。所有此等 多態型式(“多態物,,)係包含於本發明範圍内。多態_般可因 回應溫度或壓力或二者之改變而發生,且亦可因結晶方法 改變而發生。多態物可藉由各種物理特性區別1典型上, X-射線繞射圖案、可溶性行為,及化合祕點可用以區別10 15 The compounds of the invention may exist in one or more tautomeric forms. All tautomers and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention. For example, 2-hydroxypyridine is also contemplated to encompass its tautomeric form, pyridone. It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses radiolabeled compounds of formula (1). The compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically and veterinary acceptable derivatives can also exist in more than one crystalline form, referred to as polymorphic. All such polymorphic patterns ("polymorphs") are included within the scope of the invention. Polymorphisms may occur as a function of temperature or pressure or both, and may also occur as a result of changes in the crystallization process. Polymorphs can be distinguished by various physical properties. Typically, X-ray diffraction patterns, soluble behavior, and chemical secrets can be used to distinguish

,任何烷基可為直鏈或分支,且係1至8 1至6個碳原子或丨至4個碳原子,例如, 除非其它指示 個碳原子,諸如, 甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁 基或弟二丁基。若烧基含有多於一個碳原子,其可為不 餘和。因此’c,6烧基-辭包含c26稀基及C26快基。相似地, 。烧基-辭包含C2.8烯基及C2.洪基,且心烧基―辭包含 C2-4烯基及C2_4炔基。 南素-辭用以代表氟、氯、漠.,或碘。 20 1300776 除非其它指示,het—辭包含含有最高達4個選自n、q, 及s之雜原子之任何非芳香族之飽和不飽和之4、5或6員之 雜壞。此等雜環基之例子包含呋喃基、噻吩基、吡咯基、 口比洛琳基、吡咯烷基、咪唑基、二氧戊環基、噁唑基、嚷 5唑基、咪唑基、咪唑啉基、咪唑烷基、吡唑基、咣唑啉基、 吡唑烷基、異噁唑基、異噻唑基、噁二唑基、三唑基、嘍 二唑基、咣喃基、四氫σ比喃基、吡啶基、哌啶基、_。亞 基、嗎啉基、二噻烷基、硫代嗎啉基、噠嗉基、嘧啶基、 吡嗪基、哌嗉基、環丁砜基、四嗉基、三嗪基、吖庚因基、 10噁吖庚因基、噻吖庚因基、二吖庚因基,及噻唑啉基。此 外,雜環一辭包含稠雜環基,例如,苯并咪唑基、笨并嗓 唑基、咪唑并吡啶基、苯并噁嗉基、苯并噻嗉基、觉唾并 吡啶基、苯并呋喃基、喳啉基、喳唑啉基、喳噁琳基、二 氫π套η坐烧基、苯并嗜唾基、酜亞醢胺基、苯并二吖庚因、 15吲哚及異吲嵘。het、雜環基及雜環等用辭需被相似地解釋。 為避免疑問,除非其它指示,取代一辭意指以一或更 多之定義基團取代。於其間基團可選自數種選擇基團之情 況,所選擇之基團可為相同或相異。再者,個別一辭意指 若多於一個取代基係選自數種可能之取代基時,此等取代 20 基可為相同或相異。 其後,化學式⑴之化合物,及其藥學及獸醫可接受之 衍生物’前述之放射性標記相似物’兩述之異構物,及前 述之多態物,被稱為”本發明之化合物”。 於本發明之一實施例,本發明之化合物係化學式(I)之 12 1300776 化合物之藥學及獸醫可接受之衍生物,諸如,化學式⑴之 化合物之藥學或獸醫可接受之鹽或溶劑化物(例如,化學式 ’ (I)之化合物之藥學或獸醫可接受之鹽)。 ^ 於本發明之另一實施例,提供一種係血清素及/或去曱 - 5 腎上腺素單胺再吸收之本發明化合物,其具有200nM或更 少之SRI或NRI Ki值。於另一實施例,化合物具有ΙΟΟηΜ或 更少之SRI及/或NRI Ki值。於另一實施例,化合物具有50 ^ nM或更少之SRI或NRI Ki值。於另一實施例,化合物具有 50 nM或更少之SRI或NRI Ki值。於另一實施例,化合物具 10 有25 nM或更少之SRI或NRI Ki值。 依據流程I,化學式(V)之化合物(即,化學式⑴之化合 物,其中,a係1)可自化學式(VI)之化合物藉由與醛R4CHO 反應,其後與所示之酸或酸鹵化物反應(即,其中,X係OH 或i基)及去保護而製備。 一 15 流程1 13 1300776Any alkyl group may be straight or branched and is 1 to 8 1 to 6 carbon atoms or fluorene to 4 carbon atoms, for example, unless otherwise indicated by a carbon atom, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl. , isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl or di-butyl. If the alkyl group contains more than one carbon atom, it may be a sum. Thus, the 'c,6-alkyl group contains the c26 dilute group and the C26 fast group. Similarly, . The alkyl group contains a C2.8 alkenyl group and a C2. humyl group, and the heart-burning group includes a C2-4 alkenyl group and a C2_4 alkynyl group. Nan Su - is used to represent fluorine, chlorine, desert, or iodine. 20 1300776 Unless otherwise indicated, the het-word contains any non-aromatic, unsaturated, unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 members of up to 4 heteroatoms selected from n, q, and s. Examples of such heterocyclic groups include furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oroprolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolyl, dioxolanyl, oxazolyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, imidazoline Base, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, oxazoline, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, fluorenyl, tetrahydro σ Bisyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, _. Subunit, morpholinyl, dithiaalkyl, thiomorpholinyl, fluorenyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperidinyl, sulfolyl, tetradecyl, triazinyl, azepine, 10 Anthraquinone, thiazepine, dioxeine, and thiazolinyl. In addition, the term "heterocyclic ring" includes a fused heterocyclic group, for example, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, imidazopyridyl, benzepoxy, benzothiazepine, pyridopyridyl, benzo Furanyl, porphyrinyl, oxazoline, anthraquinone, dihydro-π-spin, benzo-saltyl, quinone-indenyl, benzodiazepine, 15吲哚 and Hey. The terms of het, heterocyclic group and heterocyclic ring are similarly explained. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise indicated, the term "substitute" means substituted with one or more defined groups. Where the group may be selected from a plurality of selected groups, the selected groups may be the same or different. Furthermore, individual terms mean that if more than one substituent is selected from several possible substituents, such substituents may be the same or different. Thereafter, the compound of the formula (1), and the pharmaceutically and veterinary acceptable derivative thereof, the above-mentioned radiolabeled analogs, and the above-described polymorphs, are referred to as "the compounds of the present invention". In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the invention is a pharmaceutically and veterinary acceptable derivative of a compound of formula 1300776, such as a pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salt or solvate of a compound of formula (1) (eg, a pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salt of a compound of the formula 'I). In another embodiment of the invention, there is provided a compound of the invention which is a serotonin and/or de-ephedrine-ephrine monoamine reabsorbent having a SRI or NRI Ki value of 200 nM or less. In another embodiment, the compound has a SRI and/or NRI Ki value of ΙΟΟηΜ or less. In another embodiment, the compound has an SRI or NRI Ki value of 50 ^ nM or less. In another embodiment, the compound has an SRI or NRI Ki value of 50 nM or less. In another embodiment, the compound has an SRI or NRI Ki value of 25 nM or less. According to Scheme I, a compound of formula (V) (i.e., a compound of formula (1) wherein a is 1) can be reacted with a compound of formula (VI) by reaction with an aldehyde R4CHO followed by an acid or acid halide as indicated The reaction (i.e., X-ray OH or i-group) is prepared by deprotection. A 15 Process 1 13 1300776

Ο Μ VII PGΟ VII VII PG

Η广FC 於上述流程,Rl、R2、R3、尺4及尺2〇係如上所定義’ a 係1 ’且PG係適合之保護基。 (a)-還原胺互應 5 Γ胺(VI)與醛反應形成2。胺(VII)係還原胺化反應,其 中,胺及醛之去氫反應後係於適合溶劑内且於室溫時使形 成之亞胺以金屬氫化物試劑或氫化反應而還原。 於此反應,等莫耳;S之胺及路典型上係於適合溶劑(例 如,DCM,THF)且於室溫以三乙氧基硼氫化鈉(STAB)、 10 NaCN(BH)3或NaBHU處理1至24小時。另外,於適合溶劑(例 如,THF、MeOH、EtOH)内之過量還原劑(例如,NaBH4、 UAIH4、STAB)於胺及醛已混合us小時後添加,其選擇性 係於乾燥劑(例如,分子篩)存在中或使用具適合溶劑(例 如,甲苯、二甲苯)之迪恩-史塔克裝置移除水。另外之選擇 14 1300776 涉及於鈀或鎳催化劑(例如,Pd/C,Raney麵)存在中且於 Η:氛圍下’選擇性於高的溫度及壓力,於適合溶(例如,m〇H) 之催化氫化反應。 還原胺化反應之更特別例子涉及使醛於1〇%pd/c存在 5中,選擇性於三乙基胺存在中’於乙醇中且於約415Kpa(約 60 psi)之氫下且於室溫以胺處理18小時’或於於甲醇内室 溫時以過量棚氫化納處理6小時。 對熟習此項技蟄者顯見係替代酸,酸、酮或其它適合 之含羰基之試劑可於適合條件下用於還原胺化反應步驟。 10 (b)-醯胺之形成 酸或酸鹵化物及胺(VII)之肽鍵結之形成可藉由使用下 述而進行: (i) ii&基鹵化物及胺(VII),與於適合溶劑内之過量酸受 體,或 15 (ϋ)酸,選擇性地具傳統偶化劑,及胺(VII),選擇性於 催化劑存在中,與於適合溶劑内之過量酸受體。 此反應之例子係如下: ⑴酸氣化物(選擇性地於原位反應)與過量之胺(VII), 選擇性地與過量3°胺(諸如,Et3N、Hunig鹼或NMM),於 20 DCM、曱苯或二噁烷中,選擇性於高溫反應1至24小時; (ii) 酸,WSCDI/DCCI/TBTU及HOBT/HOAT與過量之胺 (VII)及過量之NMM、Et3N、Hunig鹼於THF、DCM或EtOAc 中,於室溫反應4至48小時;或 (iii) 酸及 PYBOP®/PyBrOP®/Mukaiyama試劑與過量之 15 1300776 胺(VII)及過量之NMM、Et3N、Hunig鹼於THF、曱笨、Dcm 或EtOAc中,於室溫反應4至48小時。 若酸ή化物係酸氯化物(即,X=C1),此可於原位藉由 標準方法產生,然後,與胺(VII)及三乙基胺於二氣甲垸中 5 且於70°C反應90分鐘。 (cV去保謨作用 若PG係適合之胺保護基,較佳係BOC、三氟乙酸自旨或 苯曱基,PG自(VIII)之移除形成未受保護之胺(V)係藉由,, 有機合成之保護基"(Protective Groups in Organic 10 Synthesis),第 3版,TW Greene & PGM Wuts· John Wiley &Η广FC In the above scheme, R1, R2, R3, 尺4 and 尺2〇 are as defined above for the 'a system 1' and the PG is a suitable protecting group. (a)-Reductive amine interaction 5 The decylamine (VI) reacts with an aldehyde to form 2. The amine (VII) is a reductive amination reaction in which a dehydrogenation reaction of an amine and an aldehyde is carried out in a suitable solvent and the resulting imine is reduced by a metal hydride reagent or a hydrogenation reaction at room temperature. In this reaction, the molars; the amine and the route of S are typically in a suitable solvent (eg, DCM, THF) and at room temperature with sodium triethoxyborohydride (STAB), 10 NaCN (BH) 3 or NaBHU. Handle for 1 to 24 hours. In addition, an excess of reducing agent (eg, NaBH4, UAIH4, STAB) in a suitable solvent (eg, THF, MeOH, EtOH) is added after the amine and aldehyde have been mixed for a period of one hour, the selectivity being attached to a desiccant (eg, molecular sieve) The water is removed in the presence or using a Dean-Stark apparatus with a suitable solvent (eg, toluene, xylene). Alternatively, 14 1300776 is involved in the presence of a palladium or nickel catalyst (eg, Pd/C, Raney surface) and is selective to high temperatures and pressures in a Η: atmosphere, suitable for dissolution (eg, m〇H) Catalytic hydrogenation reaction. A more specific example of a reductive amination reaction involves the presence of an aldehyde in the presence of 1% pd/c in 5, optionally in the presence of triethylamine in ethanol and at about 415 kPa (about 60 psi) of hydrogen and in the chamber. It was treated with warm amine for 18 hours or treated with excess sodium hydride for 6 hours at room temperature in methanol. It is apparent to those skilled in the art that acid, ketone or other suitable carbonyl containing reagents can be used in the reductive amination step under suitable conditions. The formation of 10 (b)-guanamine forming acid or acid halide and amine (VII) peptide bond can be carried out by using: (i) ii & base halide and amine (VII), Suitable for excess acid acceptor in the solvent, or 15 (indolic acid), optionally with conventional coupling agents, and amine (VII), selective in the presence of a catalyst, and in excess of an acid acceptor in a suitable solvent. Examples of such reactions are as follows: (1) acid gasification (selectively in situ reaction) with excess amine (VII), optionally with an excess of 3 ° amine (such as Et3N, Hunig base or NMM) at 20 DCM In benzene or dioxane, selective for high temperature reaction for 1 to 24 hours; (ii) acid, WSCDI/DCCI/TBTU and HOBT/HOAT with excess amine (VII) and excess NMM, Et3N, Hunig base In THF, DCM or EtOAc, react at room temperature for 4 to 48 hours; or (iii) acid and PYBOP®/PyBrOP®/Mukaiyama reagent with an excess of 15 1300776 amine (VII) and excess NMM, Et3N, Hunig base in THF It is reacted at room temperature for 4 to 48 hours in hydrazine, Dcm or EtOAc. If the acid sulfonate is acid chloride (ie, X = C1), this can be produced in situ by standard methods, then with amine (VII) and triethylamine in dioxane 5 and at 70 ° C reacted for 90 minutes. (cV deprotection effect if PG is a suitable amine protecting group, preferably BOC, trifluoroacetic acid or phenylhydrazine, PG is removed from (VIII) to form unprotected amine (V) by ,,Protective Groups in Organic 10 Synthesis, 3rd edition, TW Greene & PGM Wuts· John Wiley &

Sons,Inc.,1999(其在此被併入以供參考之用)所詳述之對 保護基而選擇之方法實施。 寺去保護反應之例子係如下: 當PG係BOC時,去保護涉及使(νπΐ)以過量之強酸(例 15如,Ηα、τρΑ)於室溫且於適合溶劑(例如,DCM、EtOAc、 二°惡烧)處理。 當PG係三氟乙酸酯時,去保護涉及使(VIII)以鹼(例 如 ’ K2C03、Na2C03、NH3、Ba(OH)2)於醇溶劑(例如,MeOH、 EtOH),選擇性具有水且選擇性於高溫處理。 20 當^係以時,去保護涉及於氫供體(例如,nh4+hccv) 存在中,於極性溶劑(例如,四氫吱喃、乙醇、甲醇),選擇 性於南的溫度及/或壓力時,以過渡金屬或過渡金屬鹽氫化 反應催化劑(例如,Pd/C、pd(0H)2)之轉移氫化反應,或於 I巴或鎳催化劑(例如,Pd/c、Raney®Ni)存在中,於H2氛圍 16 1300776 下,選擇性於咼的溫度及壓力,於適合溶劑中之催化氫化 反應。 更特別地: 當PG係BOC時,去保護涉及以過量之4m氫氯酸於二。惡 5烷中且於室溫時處理Μ小時,或以TFA於DCM中於室溫時 處理4.5小時。 當PG係三氟乙酸鹽時,去保護涉及以k2c〇3於甲醇: 水之混合物(5:1至1〇:1)中且於室溫時處理18小時。 當PG係Bz時,去保護涉及以nh4+HC02·及10% Pd/C於 1〇乙醇中且於溫和迴流下處理6與2〇小時之間。 另外之自一級胺化合物(VI)製備二級胺化合物(VII)之 方去係描述於下之流程la及lb。The method of selecting a protecting group as detailed in Sons, Inc., 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference, is incorporated. An example of a temple deprotection reaction is as follows: When PG is BOC, deprotection involves making (νπΐ) an excess of strong acid (Example 15 such as Ηα, τρΑ) at room temperature and in a suitable solvent (eg, DCM, EtOAc, II) ° bad burn) treatment. When PG is trifluoroacetate, deprotection involves making (VIII) a base (eg, 'K2C03, Na2CO3, NH3, Ba(OH)2) in an alcohol solvent (eg, MeOH, EtOH), optionally having water and Selective for high temperature processing. 20 When the system is used, deprotection involves the presence of a hydrogen donor (eg, nh4+hccv) in a polar solvent (eg, tetrahydrofuran, ethanol, methanol), selective temperature and/or pressure in the south. Transfer hydrogenation reaction of a transition metal or transition metal salt hydrogenation catalyst (for example, Pd/C, pd(0H)2), or in the presence of Ib or a nickel catalyst (for example, Pd/c, Raney® Ni) Under the H2 atmosphere 16 1300776, it is selective to the temperature and pressure of helium, and is suitable for catalytic hydrogenation in a solvent. More specifically: When PG is BOC, deprotection involves an excess of 4m hydrochloric acid to two. The mixture was treated with decane at room temperature for a period of 4.5 hours or at room temperature with TFA at room temperature for 4.5 hours. When PG is trifluoroacetate, deprotection involves treatment with k2c〇3 in a mixture of methanol:water (5:1 to 1〇:1) and treatment at room temperature for 18 hours. When PG is Bz, deprotection involves treatment with nh4+HC02· and 10% Pd/C in 1 〇 ethanol and under mild reflux for 6 and 2 hrs. Further, the preparation of the secondary amine compound (VII) from the primary amine compound (VI) is described in the following schemes la and lb.

17 1300776 其中,PG係適合之保護基,且R4係如上所定義。 依據流程la,化學式VII之化合物可自化學式vi之化合 物藉由與績醯氯反應,其後使形成之續隨基醯胺進行炫基 化反應,然後移除磺醯基部份而製備。 5 基醯胺之製備等莫耳量之一級胺(vi)及績醯氯(諸 如’ 2,4-二瑣基苯磺醯氯)於適合溶劑(諸如,dcM、THF, 或甲笨)中,於有機鹼(諸如,吡啶或2,6-二甲基吡啶)或無機 鹼(諸如,碳酸鹽)存在中反應最高達24小時而提供磺醯基醯 胺(XAA) 〇 10 ^1邊麗基醯胺XAA之烷基化反應化學式XAA之磺醯基 醯胺使用活性烷基化試劑XBB,其中,X係離去基(諸如, 鹵素,諸如,碘、溴或氣)或磺醯基酯(諸如,甲磺酸酯)於 有機或無機之驗存在中,於適合溶劑(諸如,DMF或THF) 中進行烷基化反應。另外,化學式XAA之烷基化反應可使 15用醇XBB(其中,X係OH)、麟烧(諸如,三苯基磷烧)及偶氮 二羧酸酯化合物(諸如,DHDA),於適當溶劑(諸如,THF) 中,於-20°C與45°C間之溫度進行最高達24小時而達成。 磺酿基之移吃化學式XCC之化合物以有機驗(諸如,三 乙基胺)或無機鹼(諸如,碳酸鹽或氫氧化物)於適合溶劑(諸 20如,DCM、THF或較低醇)且以硫醇(諸如,疏基乙酸),選 擇性於咼溫時’處理最高達24小時。 、 流程lb 18 130077617 1300776 wherein PG is a suitable protecting group and R4 is as defined above. According to the scheme la, the compound of the formula VII can be prepared from the compound of the formula vi by reacting with the rhodium chloride, then subjecting the formation to the thiolation reaction with the base amide, and then removing the sulfonyl moiety. 5 Preparation of guanamines, such as molar amines (vi) and chlorinated chlorine (such as '2,4-disuccinylbenzenesulfonyl chloride) in a suitable solvent (such as dcM, THF, or stupid) Reacting in the presence of an organic base (such as pyridine or 2,6-lutidine) or an inorganic base (such as a carbonate) for up to 24 hours to provide a sulfonyl decylamine (XAA) 〇 10 ^ 1 rim Alkylation of the base amine XAA The sulfonyl decylamine of the formula XAA uses the active alkylating agent XBB, wherein the X-based leaving group (such as a halogen such as iodine, bromine or gas) or a sulfonyl ester The alkylation reaction (such as, for example, mesylate) is carried out in an organic or inorganic assay in a suitable solvent such as DMF or THF. In addition, the alkylation reaction of the chemical formula XAA can be carried out by using alcohol XBB (wherein X-based OH), lining (such as triphenylphosphorus) and azodicarboxylate compounds (such as DHDA). This is achieved in a solvent such as THF at a temperature between -20 ° C and 45 ° C for up to 24 hours. The sulfonyl group is transferred to a compound of the formula XCC in an organic solvent (such as triethylamine) or an inorganic base (such as a carbonate or hydroxide) in a suitable solvent (such as DCM, THF or lower alcohol). And with a thiol (such as thioglycolic acid), selectively treated at temperatures of up to 24 hours. , flow lb 18 1300776

AAA (X=OH 或 *基)AAA (X=OH or *base)

(y) BH,(y) BH,

於上述流程,R4係如上所定義,且PG係保護基。 醯基化-環原反應 依據流程lb,化學式(VII)之化合物可自化學式(VI)之1 5 。胺藉由與羧酸或酸鹵化物AAA(選擇性地於原位製 備)R4COX(其中,X係OH或鹵基)反應,其後與還原劑(諸 如,棚烧)反應。 (X)-醯胺之形成 酸或酸鹵化物及Γ胺(VI)間之肽鍵結之形成可藉由使 10 用如下之任一者而進行: ⑴醯基鹵化物及胺(VI),以過量酸受體且於適合溶劑 中,或 (ii)酸,選擇性具傳統偶合劑,及胺(VI),選擇性於催 化劑存在中,以過量之酸受體且於適合溶劑中。 19 1300776 此反應之例子係如下: (iv)酸氯化物(選擇性地於原位反應)與過量之胺(VI), 選擇性地與過量3 °胺(諸如,Et3N、Hunig鹼或NMM),於DCM 或二噁烷中,選擇性於高溫反應1至24小時; 5 (ii)酸,WSCDI/DCCI/TBTU及HOBT/HOAT與過量之胺 (VI)及過量之NMM、Et3N、Hunig鹼於THF、DCM或EtOAc 中,於室溫反應4至48小時;或 (iii) 酸及 1- 丙基膦酸酯環酐 /PYBOP®/PyBrOP®/Mukaiyama試劑與過量之胺(VI)及過 10 量之NMM、Et3N、Hunig鹼於THF、DCM或EtOAc中,於室 溫反應4至24小時。 形成醯胺之更特別例子涉及使酸以胺於1-丙基膦酸酯 環酐存在中且於三乙基胺存在中於DCM且於室溫處理1小 時。 15 若酸鹵化物係酸氣化物(即,x=ci),此可於原位藉由 標準方法產生,然後,與胺(VI)及三乙基胺於二氯甲烷中且 於70°c反應90分鐘。 (V)-環原反應 反應(y)係,例如,藉由氫化物還原劑於適合條件下還 20 原醯胺。 方便地,醯胺之還原反應係於硼烷存在中且於THF内 迴流2小時,其後添力口甲醇及含水氣化|安迴流4小時而完成。 依據流程2,化學式(IX)之化合物可自化學式(VI)之化 合物藉由與R4-(CH2)a-L(其中,a係如上所定義,且l係離去 20 1300776 基),於適合條件下反應而製備。然後,形成之化學式(ιχ) 之化合物可藉由相似於如上之有關於流程1所述之方式之 醯胺形成及去保護而轉化成化學式(I)之化合物。 流程2In the above scheme, R4 is as defined above, and PG is a protecting group. Thiolation-cyclic Reaction According to Scheme lb, the compound of formula (VII) can be from the chemical formula (VI) 15 . The amine is reacted with a carboxylic acid or acid halide AAA (optionally prepared in situ) of R4COX (wherein X-based OH or a halogen group), followed by reaction with a reducing agent (e.g., shed). The formation of a peptide bond between (X)-guanamine forming acid or acid halide and decylamine (VI) can be carried out by using 10 as follows: (1) Mercapto halide and amine (VI) In the presence of an excess of acid acceptor and in a suitable solvent, or (ii) an acid, a selective conventional coupling agent, and an amine (VI), optionally in the presence of a catalyst, in an excess of acid acceptor and in a suitable solvent. 19 1300776 Examples of this reaction are as follows: (iv) acid chloride (selectively in situ reaction) with excess amine (VI), optionally with an excess of 3 ° amine (such as Et3N, Hunig base or NMM) In DCM or dioxane, selective for high temperature reaction for 1 to 24 hours; 5 (ii) acid, WSCDI/DCCI/TBTU and HOBT/HOAT with excess amine (VI) and excess NMM, Et3N, Hunig base Reaction in THF, DCM or EtOAc at room temperature for 4 to 48 hours; or (iii) acid and 1-propylphosphonate cyclic anhydride/PYBOP®/PyBrOP®/Mukaiyama reagent with excess amine (VI) A quantity of NMM, Et3N, Hunig base was reacted in THF, DCM or EtOAc at room temperature for 4 to 24 hours. A more specific example of the formation of the guanamine involves the treatment of the acid in the presence of an amine in the presence of 1-propylphosphonate cyclic anhydride in DCM in the presence of triethylamine and at room temperature for 1 hour. 15 If the acid halide is an acid gasification (ie, x = ci), this can be produced in situ by standard methods, then with amine (VI) and triethylamine in dichloromethane at 70 ° c Reaction for 90 minutes. (V) - Cyclic reaction The reaction (y) is, for example, by a hydride reducing agent under suitable conditions. Conveniently, the reduction of the indoleamine is carried out in the presence of borane and refluxed in THF for 2 hours, after which time the addition of methanol and aqueous gasification is carried out for 4 hours. According to Scheme 2, the compound of formula (IX) can be obtained from a compound of formula (VI) by reacting with R4-(CH2)aL (wherein a is as defined above, and l is from 20 1300776 base), under suitable conditions. Prepared by reaction. The resulting compound of formula (ι) can then be converted to the compound of formula (I) by guanamine formation and deprotection similar to that described above with respect to Scheme 1. Process 2

於上述流程,R!、R2、R3、R4、R2〇及a係如上所定義, PG係適合之保護基,且L係離去基,其意義係依反應性質 及所用之特別反應條件而定。適合之離去基對於熟習此項 技藝者係顯見的,且係描述於許多標準之有機化學教科 10 書,例如,”進階有機化學”(Advanced Organic Chemistry), Jerry March,第 3版,Wiley(1985),第 587頁,在此被併入 以供參考之用;其包含鹵素(例如,Br)及磺酸酯(例如,甲 烷磺酸酯或三氟甲烷磺酸酯)。 依據流程3,化學式(IX)之化合物可自化學式(XII)之酮 21 13〇〇776 藉由與一級胺R4-(CH2)a-NH2於適合條件下反應而製備。然 椽,形成之化學式(IX)之化合物可藉由相似於如上之有關於 流糕1所述之方式之醯胺形成及去保護而轉化成化學式(I) 之化合物。 流程3In the above scheme, R!, R2, R3, R4, R2 and a are as defined above, PG is a suitable protecting group, and L is a leaving group, the meaning of which depends on the nature of the reaction and the particular reaction conditions used. . Suitable leaving groups are apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in many standard organic chemistry textbooks, for example, "Advanced Organic Chemistry", Jerry March, 3rd edition, Wiley (1985), page 587, incorporated herein by reference; it contains a halogen (for example, Br) and a sulfonate (for example, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate). According to Scheme 3, a compound of formula (IX) can be prepared from a ketone 21 13 〇〇 776 of formula (XII) by reaction with a primary amine R4-(CH2)a-NH2 under suitable conditions. However, the resulting compound of formula (IX) can be converted to the compound of formula (I) by formation and deprotection of the guanamine similar to that described above for Flow Cake 1. Process 3

(X=OH或鹵基)(X=OH or halo)

於上述流程,R1、R2、R3、R4、R2G及a係如上所定義, 真PG係適合之保護基。 一級胺R4-(CH2)a-NH2與酮(ΧΠ)之反應可方便地係還原 戚化反應,其中,胺及酮之去氫化反應之後係使形成之亞 戚,例如,藉由金屬氫化物試劑或氫化反應於適合反應條 件下進行還原反應。 方便地,胺及酮之反應係於四異丙氧化鈦(IV)存在中 於THF内於室溫進行小時,其後以過量之獨氫化鈉於曱 22 1300776 醇中於室溫反應5小時。 熟習此項技藝者能選擇對於所欲之依據化學式(I)之化 合物之最適合的合成路徑。上述流程當然可依據熟習此項 技藝者所知之一般通識適當改良。 5 熟習此項技藝者能瞭解一或更多之敏感性官能基於合 成化學式(I)之化合物期間可能需被保護及去保護。此可藉 由傳統技術達成,例如,,,有機合成之保護基,,(Pr〇tectiveIn the above scheme, R1, R2, R3, R4, R2G and a are as defined above, and a true PG is a suitable protecting group. The reaction of the primary amine R4-(CH2)a-NH2 with a ketone (oxime) is conveniently carried out to reduce the oximation reaction, wherein the dehydrogenation of the amine and the ketone is followed by the formation of a hydrazine, for example, by a metal hydride. The reagent or hydrogenation reaction is carried out under suitable reaction conditions. Conveniently, the reaction of the amine and the ketone is carried out in the presence of titanium tetraisopropoxide (IV) in THF at room temperature, after which it is reacted with an excess of sodium hydride in 曱22 1300776 alcohol at room temperature for 5 hours. Those skilled in the art will be able to select the most suitable synthetic route for the desired compound of formula (I). The above described process can of course be suitably modified in accordance with the general knowledge known to those skilled in the art. 5 Those skilled in the art will recognize that one or more of the sensitive functionalities may be protected and deprotected during the synthesis of the compound of formula (I). This can be achieved by conventional techniques, for example, the protective group of organic synthesis, (Pr〇tective

Groups m Organic Synthesis),第 3版,TW Greene & PGM Wuts· John Wiley & Sons,Inc.,1999(其在此被併入以供參 10考之用)所述,其亦描述移除此等基團之方法。 熟習此項技藝者顯見的是本發明化合物之某些受保護 之衍生物(其可於最後去保護階段前為之)本身能可未擁有 藥理活性,但於某些例子可藉由口服或腸道外投藥,且其 後於體内代謝形成呈藥理活性之本發明化合物。因此,此 15等衍生物可被描述為前趨藥。再者,本發明之某些化合物 可作為本發明其它化合物之前趨藥。 因此,依據本發明之另一方面,提供一種製備化學式 ⑴之化合物,其包含使化學式(IX)之化合物Groups m Organic Synthesis), 3rd edition, TW Greene & PGM Wuts. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999 (which is hereby incorporated by reference), which also describes the removal The method of these groups. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that certain protected derivatives of the compounds of the invention (which may be before the final deprotection stage) may or may not possess pharmacological activity, but in some instances may be administered orally or enterally. The drug is administered exogenously and thereafter metabolized in the body to form a pharmacologically active compound of the invention. Therefore, such a 15 derivative can be described as a prodrug. Furthermore, certain compounds of the invention may be used as a precursor to other compounds of the invention. Thus, in accordance with another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula (1) which comprises a compound of formula (IX)

20其令’ R及a係如上所定義且保護基,與化學式⑼之 酸或醯基函化物反應, 23 130077620, wherein 'R and a are as defined above and the protecting group reacts with the acid or sulfhydryl complex of formula (9), 23 1300776

其中,X係OH或鹵基, 及去保護。Among them, X is an OH or a halogen group, and is deprotected.

若a係1,化學式(IX)之化合物可藉由使化學式(VI)之化 合物與醛R4CHO反應而製備。If a is 1, the compound of formula (IX) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (VI) with an aldehyde R4CHO.

NMNM

另外,化學式(IX)之化合物可藉由化學式(VI)之化合物 與化合物R4-(CH2)a-L反應而製備,其中,L係離去基,選擇 性地係選自鹵化物、甲烧石黃酸S旨,及三氟甲烧石黃酸i旨。 10 再者,化學式(IX)之化合物可藉由化學式(XII)與化合 物R4(CH2)aNH2反應而製備。Further, a compound of the formula (IX) can be produced by reacting a compound of the formula (VI) with a compound R4-(CH2)aL, wherein the L is a leaving group, optionally selected from the group consisting of a halide and a yellow stone. The acid S is intended to be the same as trifluoromethane sulphate. Further, a compound of the formula (IX) can be produced by reacting the compound of the formula (XII) with the compound R4(CH2)aNH2.

如上所述之某些中間物係新穎化合物,且被認為此間 之所有新穎中間物係本發明之另外方面。 15 消旋化合物可使用製備HPLC及具有對掌性靜相之管 24 1300776 柱或利用熟習此項技藝者所知之方法再次溶解產生個別對 映體而分離。此外,對掌性中間化合物可被再次溶解且用 以製備本發明之對掌性化合物。 依據本發明之另-方面,提供一或多種之於體内形成 5 之本發明化合物之代謝物。 本發明化合物可具有比習知技藝之化合物更有效、具 有更長之作用期、具有更廣範圍之活性、更安定、具較少 田J作用、更具選擇性、具更佳之旋劑性質,或具有其它更 有用之性質。 10 本發明化合物因其於哺乳動物(包含人類)具藥理活性 而係有用的。因此,其可用於治療或預防其間涉及單胺轉 運體功能調節之疾病,更特別地係其間涉及抑制血清素或 去甲腎上腺素再吸收之疾病,且特別是其間涉及抑制血清 素及去甲腎上腺素之疾病。 15 因此,依據本發明之化合物係用於治療尿失禁,諸如, 真應力失禁(GSI)、應力尿失禁(SUI)’或老人尿失禁;膀胱 過動症(OAB),包含自發性副尿肌不穩定、神經疾病⑽如, 帕金森氏症、乡發性硬化症、脊賴傷及巾風)繼發之逼尿 肌過度活動,及膀胱出口梗阻(例如,良 20⑽H)、尿道狹窄或變窄)繼發之逼尿肌過度活動;夜間尿 床;由於上述情況混合產生之尿失禁(例如,與膀胱過動症 有關之應用失你下泌尿道症狀,諸如,頻尿及急尿。〇 a B 辭係欲包含Ο AB併發失禁及〇 AB無併發失梵。 基於前述藥理活性,本發明化合物亦可用於治療憂誉 25 1300776 • 症’諸如’重度憂鬱症、復發性㈣症、單純發作㈣症、 、 雜合徵找症、癌症患者之憂t症、帕金錢症之憂攀 症、心肌梗塞後之憂營症、小兒憂鬱症、虐童誘發之憂營 症、不孕婦女之憂營症、產後憂#症、經前心境不良,及 _ 5鬥氣老人徵狀。 义 基於其前述藥理活性,本發明化合物亦用於治療認知 疾病,诸如,癡呆症,特別是退化性癡呆症(包含老年癡呆 • 症、Μ罕默氏症、皮克氏症、亨丁頓氏症、帕金森氏症, 及癸兹菲德-杰卡(Cremzfeldt-Jakob)症),及血管性癡呆症 1〇 (包含多發梗塞性癡呆症),與與顱内佔位性病變、外傷、感 染及相關狀況(包含HIV感染)、代謝、毒素、缺氧症^缺乏 維它命有關之癡呆症;與老化有關之輕度智能障礙,特別 是與年紀有關之記憶障礙(AAMI)、失憶性疾病,及與年紀 有關之認知衰退(ARCD),·精神疾病,諸如,精神分裂症及 15踪狂;焦慮症,諸如,廣泛性焦慮症、恐懼症(例如,場所 • 恐懼症、社交恐懼症及單純恐懼症)、恐慌症、強迫症、創 傷後墨症、焦慮憂鬱混合症;人格障礙,諸如,迴避型人 格障礙及注意力不足過動障礙症(ADHD);性功能障礙,諸 如,早洩、男性勃起機能障礙(MED)及女性性功能障礙 20 (FSD)(例如,女性性功能失調(FSAD));經前症候群;季節 性情感卩早礙(SAD);飲食疾患,諸如,神經性厭食症及心因 性暴食症;肥胖症;食欲抑制作用;因對藥物或物質濫用 成癃(堵如’對尼古丁、酒精、古柯驗、海洛因、苯巴比妥 及本弁一氮雜庚烧)造成之化學品依賴性;戒斷綜合症,諸 26 1300776 如因别述化學品依賴性引起者;頭部疼痛,諸如,偏頭 痛、叢發性頭痛、慢性陣發性偏側頭痛、與血管性疾病有 關之頭痛、由於化學品依賴性造成之與化學品依賴性或戒 斷綜合症有關之頭痛,及緊張頭痛;疼痛;帕金森氏症, 5諸如’帕金森氏症之癡呆症、抗精神藥物引起之帕金森氏 症及遲發性運動障礙;内分泌疾病,諸如,高泌乳症;腦 血管癌攣,諸如,於大腦血管;小腦運動失調;妥端症; 拔毛癖;偷竊狂;情緒不安;病理性哭叫;睡眠障礙(猝倒 症);及休克。 10 由上述狀況,ADHD係特別感興趣。ADHD之診斷係以 臨床評估為基準(M. Dulcan等人,Some of the intermediates described above are novel compounds and it is believed that all novel intermediates herein are further aspects of the invention. The racemic compound can be isolated by preparative HPLC and a tube having a palmitic static phase of 24 1300776 or by re-dissolving to produce individual enantiomers by methods known to those skilled in the art. Further, the palmitic intermediate compound can be redissolved and used to prepare the antagonistic compound of the present invention. According to another aspect of the invention, one or more metabolites of a compound of the invention formed in vivo are provided. The compounds of the present invention may have more potency than the compounds of the prior art, have a longer duration of action, have a broader range of activities, are more stable, have less field J action, are more selective, and have better spin-on properties. Or have other more useful properties. The compound of the present invention is useful for its pharmacological activity in mammals (including humans). Therefore, it can be used for the treatment or prevention of diseases involving the regulation of monoamine transporter function, more particularly, a disease involving inhibition of serotonin or norepinephrine reuptake, and in particular, inhibition of serotonin and norepinephrine Sudden disease. 15 Accordingly, the compounds according to the invention are used for the treatment of urinary incontinence, such as true stress incontinence (GSI), stress urinary incontinence (SUI) or urinary incontinence in the elderly; overactive bladder (OAB), including spontaneous purulent muscles Unstable, neurological diseases (10) such as Parkinson's disease, township sclerosis, ridge injury and towel wind secondary to detrusor overactivity, and bladder outlet obstruction (eg, good 20 (10) H), urethral stricture or change Narrow) secondary detrusor overactivity; nocturnal bedwetting; urinary incontinence due to mixing of the above conditions (for example, the application of bladder hyperactivity disorder, such as frequent urinary tract and urgency. 〇a B 辞 欲 Ο AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB Symptoms, miscellaneous syndrome, cancer patients' worries, painfulness in the disease, painfulness after myocardial infarction, depression in children, child-induced depression, infertile women's camp Symptoms, postpartum anxiety # , premenstrual malaise, and _ 5 vindictive symptoms. Based on its aforementioned pharmacological activities, the compounds of the present invention are also used to treat cognitive diseases, such as dementia, especially degenerative dementia (including senile dementia, sputum Hammer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, and Cremzfeldt-Jakob's disease, and vascular dementia 1 (including multiple infarct dementia) Symptoms, and dementia associated with intracranial space-occupying lesions, trauma, infection and related conditions (including HIV infection), metabolism, toxins, anoxia, lack of vitamins; mild dysfunction associated with aging, In particular, age-related memory impairment (AAMI), amnestic disease, and age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), mental illness, such as schizophrenia and 15 madness; anxiety disorders, such as generalized anxiety disorder , phobia (eg, place • phobia, social phobia and simple phobia), panic disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic ink syndrome, anxiety and depression syndrome; personality disorder, such as avoidance personality disorder and note Insufficient hyperactivity disorder (ADHD); sexual dysfunction, such as premature ejaculation, male erectile dysfunction (MED) and female sexual dysfunction 20 (FSD) (eg, female sexual dysfunction (FSAD)); premenstrual syndrome; Seasonal affective disorder (SAD); dietary disorders, such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa; obesity; appetite suppression; due to drug or substance abuse into sputum (blocking such as 'to nicotine, alcohol, Chemical dependence of coca test, heroin, phenobarbital and phenoxybenzamine; withdrawal syndrome, 26 1300776 as a result of chemical dependence; head pain, such as , migraine, cluster headache, chronic paroxysmal hemiparesis, headache associated with vascular disease, headache associated with chemical dependence or withdrawal syndrome due to chemical dependence, and nervous headache; Pain; Parkinson's disease, 5 such as 'Pardinson's disease dementia, antipsychotic-induced Parkinson's disease and tardive dyskinesia; endocrine diseases, such as high lactation; cerebrovascular cancer, such as Yu Da Vascular; cerebellar ataxia; proper terminal disease; trichotillomania; kleptomania; emotional disturbance; pathological crying; sleep disorder (cataplexy); and shock. 10 From the above situation, ADHD is of particular interest. The diagnosis of ADHD is based on clinical evaluation (M. Dulcan et al.

Psychaitry^ 1997#-10^ ? 36(10 Suppl) ^ 85S-121S ; TVai/ona/ /η如〇///似/认,1998)。”ADHD之基本特徵係持續型態 之不專注及/或過動-衝動,其係比典型上於比較發展程度之 15個人所觀察到者更頻繁及嚴重,,(精神疾病之診斷及統計手 冊(Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders) (DSM-IV) ’ 美國精神科協會(American pSyChiatricPsychaitry^ 1997#-10^ ? 36(10 Suppl) ^ 85S-121S ; TVai/ona/ /η如〇///like/recognition, 1998). "The basic characteristics of ADHD are the lack of concentration and/or hyperactivity-impulsiveness of the continuous pattern, which is more frequent and severe than that observed by 15 individuals who are typically at a comparative level of development. (Diagnosis and statistical manual for mental illness) (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders) (DSM-IV) 'American Psychiatric Association (American pSyChiatric

Assocciation,Washington,D.C·,1994))。為以ADHD診斷, 患者需證實於七歲前造成損害之ADHD症候,且症候需於 20至少二設定(例如,學校[或工作]及家裡)持續大於6個月。 基於前述藥理活性,本發明化合物亦可用於治療數種 其它狀況或疾病,包含高血壓;腸胃道系統疾病(涉及運動 及分泌之改變),諸如,腸激燥症(IBS)、腸塞(例如,術後 腸塞及敗血症期間之腸塞)、胃輕癱(例如,糖尿病胃輕癱)、 27 1300776 . 消化性潰瘍、胃食#反流病(GORD,或其同義字GERD)、 胃腸氣張及其它腸道功能疾病,諸如,消彳π_如,非 - 潰瘍性消化不良(麵))及非心臟性胸痛(NCCP);及肌纖维 — 痛症候群。 5 本發㈣合m清素及/或去T腎上腺素再吸收抑 制劑,而有效地用於治療廣朗之疾病,包含疼痛。 生理疼痛係用以警告來自外在環境可能有害刺激之危 • ⑥而設計之重要保護機構。此系統係經由特別之感覺神經 元組而操作’且係藉由經外圍轉導機構之有害刺激而活化 10 (見Millan,1999, Prog. Neur0bil0,57, 1 164而細查卜此等 感覺纖維係稱為傷害受器,且特徵係具緩慢傳導速率之小 直徑軸柱。傷害受器將有害職之強度、時間及特質編碼, 且藉由其拓撲組織投射至脊髓,刺激之位置。傷室受哭係 — 於疼痛神經纖維,其具有二主要型式,m順維(髓鞘) 15及C 非髓鞘)。藉由傷害受器產生之活性於脊髓背側角 • 内之複雜處理後係直接或經由腦幹轉遞核轉移至丘腦腹 基,然後至皮質,其間,產生疼痛感覺。 %,般可刀類成急性或慢性。急性疼痛係突狭開始 且係短期(:般係十二週或更少)。其一般係與特別原因(諸 2〇如特別之文傷)有關,且一般係劇烈且嚴重。其係於手術、 牙齒治療、拉傷或扭傷造成之特殊受傷後發生。急性疼痛 造成任何永久性之生理回應。相反地,慢性疼痛 ^疼痛’典型上持續多於三個月且導致重大之生理及 f月、’者口題。性疼痛之普遍例子係神經病變疼痛(例如,疼 28 1300776 痛性糖尿病神經病變、錢神經痛)、腕道症候群、背部疼 痛、頭痛、癌症疼痛、關節疼痛,及慢性術後疼痛。 當重大傷害發生於身體組織時(經由疾病或創傷),傷害 受器活化特性被改變,且於周圍引起過敏,於傷害周圍局 5部或知告文體終結處中央。此等作用導致提高疼痛感覺。 於急性疼痛,此等機構於促進保護行為係有用的,可更佳 地使修濩過程發生。一般預期係敏感性於傷害一旦治癒時 回復正常。但是,於許多慢性疼痛狀態,過敏反應使治癒 過程變得更久,且一般係由於神經系統受傷。此受傷一般 10導致與適應不良及異常活動有關之感覺神經纖維失常 (Woolf & Salter,2000, Science,288,1765-1768)。 臨床疼痛存在於當不舒適及異常過敏為患者症候群之 4寸被日寸。患者易相當不同且以各種不同之疼痛症候出現。 此專症侯包含· 1)自發性疼痛,可為暗痛、灼痛或刺痛; 15 2)對有害刺激之過度疼痛回應(痛覺過敏);及3)藉由一般無 告刺激產生之疼痛(異樣疼痛-Meyer等人,1994,疼痛教科 書(Textbook of Pain),13-44)。雖然遭受各種型式之急性及 慢性疼痛之患者可能具有相似症候,但基本機構可能不 同,因此,可能需不同之治療策略。因此,疼痛亦可依據 20不同生理病理學區分成不同之亞型,包含傷害性、發炎性 及神經性之疼痛。 傷害性疼痛係藉由組織党傷或可能造成受傷之密集刺 激引起。疼痛傳入係藉由於受傷位置處之傷害受器傳導刺 激而活化,且於其終結程度活化脊魏内之神經元。然後, 29 1300776 經脊髓束轉送至腦部’疼痛於其間感覺到(Meyer等人, 1994,疼痛教科書,13-33)。傷害受器之活化係活化兩種傳 入神經纖維。鏞鞠A-delta纖維快速傳送且可回應劇烈且刺 痛之痛覺,而非髓鞘之C纖維以較低速率傳送,且傳送暗痛 5 或®义痛。k和至嚴重之急性知害性疼痛係來自中拖神經系 統創傷、扭傷/拉傷、灼痛、心肌梗塞及急性胰腺炎之疼痛、 術後疼痛(任何型式之手術程序後之疼痛)、創傷後之疼痛、 腎絞痛、癌症疼痛及背部疼痛之顯著特徵。癌症疼痛可能 為个艾性疼痛,諸如,與腫瘤有關之疼痛(例如,骨絡疼痛、 頁痛臉轉痛或内臟疼痛),或與癌症治療有關之疼痛(例 ά、化療後之症候群、慢性術後疼痛症候群或放射治療後 =候鮮)。癌症/疼痛亦會發生於對化療、倾治療、賀爾 I治療或放射治療之回應。背部疼痛可能由於破裂或脫出 Μ二椎或腰椎面關節、骶髂關節、脊旁肌或後縱韌帶異 、。 卩疼痛可自然消散,但於某些患者,若持續超過12 週’會變錢㈣況,而會特別衰弱。 /立、、二〖生疼痛現今係定義為藉由神經系統内之原發損害 早锓起始或造成之疼痛。神經受損可能藉由創傷或疾病 〇 口此,神經性疼痛”一辭包含許多具各種病因之疾 2〇 病。此楚π心 、 雙限地包含周邊神經病變、糖尿病神經病變、 皰疹後神經痛、三叉神經痛、背部疼痛、癌症神經病變、 HIV_經病變、幻覺肢體疼痛、腕管症候群、中樞中風後疼 ; 及與反性酒精中毒、甲狀腺功能減退、尿毒症、多發 匕症、脊鑛損傷、帕金森氏症、癲癇及維生素缺乏有 30 1300776 關之疼痛。神經性疼痛係病態,因其並無保護角色。其一 般係於最初原因消散後仍全然存在,一般係持續數年,明 择頁地減低患者生活品質(Woolf & Mannion,999, Lancet,353, 1959-1964)。神經性疼痛之症候係難以治療,因為其一般於 5 具相同疾病之患者間係不同(Woolf & Decosterd,1999, Pain Sup·,6,S141-S147; Woolf & Mannion, 1999,Lancet,353, 1959-1964)。其等包含自發性疼痛(其可為持續性),及陣發 性或異常性誘發疼痛,諸如,痛覺過敏(對有害刺激具增加 敏感性)’及異樣疼痛(對一般之無害刺激之敏感性)。 10 發炎過程係一複雜系統之生化及細胞事件,回應組織 受損或外來物質存在而活化,造成腫脹及疼痛(Levine & Taiwo,1994,疼痛教科書(Textb〇〇kofPain 45_56)。關節疼 痛係最普遍之發炎性疼痛。類風濕性疾病係已開發國家最 普遍之發炎性狀況之一,且類風濕性關節炎係殘疾之普遍 15原因。類風濕性關節炎之正確病原係未知,但現今之假說 建議•基因及微生物因素可能係重要的(Grennan & Jayson, 1994,疼痛教科書,397-407)。已估算幾近一千六百萬美國 人具有症狀性關節炎(〇A)或退化性關節疾病,其大部份係 起過60歲’且預期隨人口年齡增加而達至四千萬,使其成 2〇 為重大之大4人健康問題(Houge & Mersfelder, 2002,AnnAssocciation, Washington, D.C., 1994)). For the diagnosis of ADHD, the patient is required to demonstrate ADHD symptoms that cause damage before the age of seven, and the symptoms need to be at least two settings (eg, school [or work] and home) for more than 6 months. Based on the foregoing pharmacological activities, the compounds of the invention may also be used in the treatment of several other conditions or diseases, including hypertension; gastrointestinal system diseases (involving changes in exercise and secretion), such as intestinal irritation (IBS), intestinal plugs (eg , postoperative intestinal congestion and intestinal congestion during sepsis), gastroparesis (eg, diabetic gastroparesis), 27 1300776. Peptic ulcer, stomach food # reflux disease (GORD, or its synonym GERD), gastro-intestinal gas Zhang and other intestinal functional diseases, such as 彳 如 _ _, non-ulcerative dyspepsia (face) and non-cardiac chest pain (NCCP); and muscle fiber - pain syndrome. 5 This hair (4) is a clearing agent and/or a de-adrenalin reuptake inhibitor, and is effectively used to treat a wide range of diseases, including pain. Physiological pain is an important protective mechanism designed to warn of dangers that may be harmful to the external environment. This system is operated via a special sensory neuron group and is activated by a noxious stimulus by a peripheral transduction mechanism (see Millan, 1999, Prog. Neur 0bil 0, 57, 1 164 to examine these sensory fibers). It is called a damage receptor and features a small diameter shaft column with a slow conduction rate. The injury receptor encodes the strength, time and traits of the hazardous position, and projects its topological tissue to the spinal cord, the location of the stimulus. The crying system is the painful nerve fiber, which has two main types, m-cis (myelin) 15 and C non-myelin). The complex treatment within the dorsal horn of the spinal cord by the injury receptor is transferred directly or via the brainstem transfer nucleus to the thalamic ventral base and then to the cortex, during which a painful sensation is produced. %, the knife can be acute or chronic. The acute pain system begins and is short-term (: 12 weeks or less). It is generally associated with special causes (such as special injuries) and is generally severe and severe. It occurs after a special injury caused by surgery, dental treatment, strain or sprain. Acute pain causes any permanent physiological response. Conversely, chronic pain & pain typically lasts for more than three months and results in significant physiology and morbidity. A common example of sexual pain is neuropathic pain (eg, pain 28 1300776 painful diabetic neuropathy, money neuralgia), carpal tunnel syndrome, back pain, headache, cancer pain, joint pain, and chronic postoperative pain. When a major injury occurs in the body tissue (via disease or trauma), the activation characteristics of the injury receptor are changed, and allergies are caused around it, in the center of the injury or the end of the body. These effects lead to an increase in pain sensation. For acute pain, these institutions are useful for promoting protective behavior and better enable the repair process to occur. It is generally expected that the sensitivity will return to normal once the injury has healed. However, in many chronic pain states, an allergic reaction causes the healing process to become longer and is generally due to a nervous system injury. This injury generally results in sensory nerve fiber disorders associated with maladaptive and abnormal activity (Woolf & Salter, 2000, Science, 288, 1765-1768). Clinical pain is present when the discomfort and abnormal allergies are 4 inches of the patient's syndrome. Patients tend to be quite different and appear with a variety of different pain symptoms. This special case contains 1) spontaneous pain, which may be dark pain, burning or stinging; 15 2) excessive pain response to noxious stimuli (hyperalgesia); and 3) pain caused by general stimuli (Different pain - Meyer et al., 1994, Textbook of Pain, 13-44). Although patients suffering from various types of acute and chronic pain may have similar symptoms, the underlying institutions may be different and, therefore, different treatment strategies may be required. Therefore, pain can be divided into different subtypes according to 20 different physiology and pathology, including nociceptive, inflammatory and neuropathic pain. Nociceptive pain is caused by organizing a party injury or intensive stimuli that may cause injury. Pain afferents are activated by the stimuli transmitted by the injury at the site of injury and activate the neurons within the ridges at the end of their degree. Then, 29 1300776 is transferred to the brain via the spinal cord. The pain is felt during it (Meyer et al., 1994, Pain Textbook, 13-33). The activation of the injury receptor activates both of the transmitted nerve fibers.镛鞠A-delta fibers are delivered quickly and respond to severe and tingling pain, while non-myelinated C fibers are delivered at a lower rate and deliver dark pain 5 or® pain. k and severe acute painful pain are caused by trauma, sprain/strain, burning, myocardial infarction and acute pancreatitis pain, postoperative pain (pain after any type of surgical procedure), trauma Significant features of post-pain, renal colic, cancer pain and back pain. Cancer pain may be a pain in the skin, such as pain associated with the tumor (for example, collateral pain, palpebral pain or visceral pain), or pain associated with cancer treatment (eg, post-chemotherapy syndrome, Chronic postoperative pain syndrome or after radiation therapy = waiting for fresh). Cancer/pain can also occur in response to chemotherapy, treatment, Hor I treatment or radiation therapy. Back pain may be due to rupture or prolapse of the sacral or lumbar facet joints, ankle joints, paraspinal muscles, or posterior longitudinal ligaments. Pain can be dissipated naturally, but in some patients, if it lasts for more than 12 weeks, it will change (4) and it will be particularly weak. / Li, 〖〗 〖Life pain is defined as the initial damage caused by early damage in the nervous system. Nerve damage may be caused by trauma or disease, and the term "neurological pain" includes many diseases with various causes. This π heart, double-constrained peripheral neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, and herpes Neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, back pain, cancer neuropathy, HIV_transformation, hallucinal limb pain, carpal tunnel syndrome, central stroke and post-stroke pain; and with anti-alcoholism, hypothyroidism, uremia, multiple snoring, Spinal injury, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, and vitamin deficiency have 30,1300,776 pains. Neuropathic pain is morbid because it has no protective role. It usually remains after the initial cause has dissipated, generally lasting for several years. Selectively reduce the quality of life of patients (Woolf & Mannion, 999, Lancet, 353, 1959-1964). The symptoms of neuropathic pain are difficult to treat because they are generally different among patients with the same disease (Woolf & Decosterd, 1999, Pain Sup·, 6, S141-S147; Woolf & Mannion, 1999, Lancet, 353, 1959-1964). These include spontaneous pain (which can be Persistence), and paroxysmal or abnormally induced pain, such as hyperalgesia (increased sensitivity to noxious stimuli)' and abnormal pain (sensitivity to general harmless stimuli). 10 Inflammatory process is a complex system Biochemical and cellular events, activated in response to tissue damage or the presence of foreign substances, cause swelling and pain (Levine & Taiwo, 1994, Textbook for Pain (Textb〇〇kofPain 45_56). Joint pain is the most common inflammatory pain. Rheumatoid Sexually transmitted diseases have developed one of the most common inflammatory conditions in the country, and rheumatoid arthritis is a common cause of disability. The correct pathogen of rheumatoid arthritis is unknown, but today's hypothesis suggests that genetic and microbiological factors may Important (Grennan & Jayson, 1994, Pain Textbook, 397-407). It has been estimated that nearly 16 million Americans have symptomatic arthritis (〇A) or degenerative joint disease, most of which are It has been 60 years old and is expected to reach 40 million with the age of the population, making it a major health problem for 4 people (Houge & Mersfelder, 2002, Ann

Pharmacother· 36, 679686; Me Carthy等人,1994,疼痛教科 書,387-395)。大部份具有關節炎之患者因相關疼痛而尋求 醫藥治療。關節炎對於社會心理及身體功能具重大衝擊, 且已知係其後生命中殘疾之主要原因。僵直性脊椎炎亦係 31 1300776 一種造成脊椎及髂關節之關節炎之風濕性疾病。其係從發 生於全身之間歇性發性之背部疼痛至攻擊脊椎、周邊關節 及其它身體器官之嚴重慢性疾病而變化。 另一種發炎性疼痛係内臟疼痛,其包含與發炎性腸道 5 疾病有關之疼痛。内臟疼痛係與内臟(包含腹腔之器官)有關 之疼痛。此等器官包含性器官、脾臟及消化系統之一部份。 與内臟有關之疼痛可區分成消化性内臟之疼痛及非消化性 内臟之疼痛。普遍遭遇之造成疼痛之胃腸(GI)疾病包含功能 性腸疾病(IBD)及發炎性腸疾病(IBD)。此等GI疾病包含廣 10 範圍之現今僅適度控制之疾病狀態,關於FBD係包含胃食 道逆流、消化不良、腸激躁症候群(IBS)及功能性腹痛症候 群(FAPS),且關於IBD係包含克羅恩症。迴腸炎及潰瘍性結 腸炎,其等皆規律地產生内臟疼痛。其它型式之内臟疼痛 包含與經痛、膀胱炎及胰腺炎有關之疼痛及骨盤痛。 15 需注意某些型式之疼痛具有多重病理,因此,可歸類 於多於一領域内,例如,背部疼痛及癌症疼痛具有傷害性 及神經性之組份。 其它型式之疼痛包含: •由肌肉及骨骼疾病造成之疼痛,包含肌肉酸痛、纖 20 維肌痛症、脊椎炎、血清陰性(非類風濕性)關節病變、非關 節性風濕症、dystrophinopathy、肝糖分解、多發性肌炎及 多發性膿肌炎; •心臟及血管疼痛,包含由心絞痛、心肌梗死、二尖 瓣狹窄、心包炎。雷諾氏現象、硬腫病及骨骼肌肉缺血; 32 1300776 •頭痛,諸如,偏頭痛(包含有前兆 之偏頭痛)、叢集型頭痛、緊縮型頭痛、 官性疾病有關之頭痛;及 之偏頭痛及無前兆 混合型頭痛及與血 •口頜面痛,包含牙痛、耳痛、 肌筋獏疼痛。 灼口症候群及顳下頜Pharmacother 36, 679686; Me Carthy et al., 1994, Pain Textbook, 387-395). Most patients with arthritis seek medical treatment for related pain. Arthritis has a major impact on psychosocial and physical function and is known to be the leading cause of disability in later life. Ankylosing spondylitis is also a genital rheumatic disease that causes arthritis of the spine and ankle joints. It varies from intermittent back pain that occurs throughout the body to severe chronic diseases that attack the spine, surrounding joints, and other body organs. Another type of inflammatory pain is visceral pain, which involves pain associated with inflammatory bowel disease. Visceral pain is the pain associated with the internal organs (organs that contain the abdominal cavity). These organs contain parts of the sex organs, spleen and digestive system. The pain associated with the internal organs can be distinguished as pain in the digestive viscera and pain in the non-digestive visceral. Commonly encountered gastrointestinal (GI) diseases that cause pain include functional bowel disease (IBD) and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). These GI diseases include a wide range of disease states that are only moderately controlled today. The FBD system includes gastroesophageal reflux, dyspepsia, irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), and functional abdominal pain syndrome (FAPS), and contains about grams of IBD. Ron's disease. Ileitis and ulcerative colitis, which regularly produce visceral pain. Other types of visceral pain include pain and platular pain associated with menstrual pain, cystitis, and pancreatitis. 15 It is important to note that certain types of pain have multiple pathologies and, therefore, can be classified into more than one area, for example, back pain and cancer pain are both harmful and neurological components. Other types of pain include: • Pain caused by muscle and bone diseases, including muscle soreness, fibromyalgia, spondylitis, seronegative (non-rheumatic) joint disease, non-articular rheumatism, dystrophinopathy, liver Glycolysis, polymyositis and multiple pyomyelitis; • Cardiac and vascular pain, including angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, mitral stenosis, pericarditis. Raynaud's phenomenon, scleroderma and skeletal muscle ischemia; 32 1300776 • Headaches, such as migraine (including migraine with precursors), cluster headaches, tight headaches, headaches related to official diseases, and migraine And no precursory mixed headache and blood and oral and maxillofacial pain, including toothache, earache, and muscle spasm pain. Burning mouth syndrome and temporomandibular

10 1510 15

啊⑽㈣(疾病包含尿失禁飞如,泥合型失林、 財,諸如,㈣強迫症 及創傷後壓力症·,人格異常,諸如, ^ , AUHD,性功能障礙; 及化+品依賴及由化學品依賴造成之_症候群。 因此,依據進一步方面,本發明提供: i)用於人類或獸㈣品之本發明化合物; u)用於治療其間涉及單胺轉運體功能調節之疾病,諸 尿失禁,之本發明化合物·, 、110使用树明化合物製造用於治療其間涉及單胺轉 運體功能调郎之疾病之藥物; n〇用於冶療其間涉及血清素或去甲腎上腺素調節之 病之本發明化合物 ' 如 20 V) 使用本發明化合物製造用於治療其間涉及血清 去甲腎上腺素調節之疾病之藥物; VI) 用於/σ療其間涉及血清素及去甲腎上腺素調節之 清素或 病之本發明化合物; 疾 VII) 使用本發明化合物製造用於治療其間涉及血清素 及去甲腎上腺素調節之疾病之藥物; 、 VIII) 用於化療展失禁(諸#,GSJ及USI)之本發明化合 33 1300776 物; ix)使用本發明化合物製造用於治療尿失禁(諸如,GSI 及USI)之藥物; X)治療其間其間涉及單胺轉運體功能調節之疾病之方 5 法,其包含投用療有效量之本發明化合物至需要此治療之 患者; xi)治療其間其間涉及血清素或去甲腎上腺素調節之疾 病之方法,其包含投用療有效量之本發明化合物至需要此 治療之患者; 10 xii)治療其間其間涉及血清素及去曱腎上腺素調節之 疾病之方法,其包含投用療有效量之本發明化合物至需要 此治療之患者;及 xiii)治療尿失禁(諸如,GSI或USI)之方法,其包含投用 療有效量之本發明化合物至需要此治療之患者。 15 需瞭解除非其它有確表示外,此間所有述及之治療係 包含治癒性、緩和性及預防性之治療。 本發明化合物可單獨或以合併用藥治療之一部份而投 藥。若治療藥劑之混合物被投用,則活性成份可於個別或 混合之藥學組成物中依序或同時被投用。 20 用於附屬治療之適合試劑之例子包含: •鴉片類止痛劑,例如,嗎啡、海洛因、氫嗎啡酮、 氧嗎啡酮、左旋嗎沉、萊瓦洛芬、美沙_、比利咬、吩坦 尼、古柯鹼、可待因、二氫可待因、羥考酮、氫考酮、丙 氧吩、納美酮芬、納洛芬、納洛酮、拿淬松、丁基原啡因、 34 1300776 美妥芬諾、納布芬,或潘他0坐新; •非類固醇類抗發炎藥物(NSAID),例如,阿斯匹靈、 雙氯芬酸、載夫辛諾、伊托多雷、苯布芬、非諾洛芬、氟 苯柳、氟比洛芬、布洛芬、吲哚美辛、酮洛芬、酮洛酸、 5 甲氯芬那酸、甲芬那酸、美洛昔康、奈丁美酮、奈普生、 尼美舒利、硝基氟比洛芬、奥沙拉嗉、奥沙普嗪、布他酮、 比羅昔康、柳氮項胺p比17定、舒林酸、甲苯酿比酸,或佐滅 酸; •巴比妥鎮靜劑,例如,異戊巴比妥、阿普巴比妥、 10 丁巴比妥、丁比妥、甲苯巴比妥、美沙比妥、美索比妥、 戊巴比妥、苯巴比妥、司可巴比妥、他布酮、西米拉或硫 喷妥; •具鎮靜作用之苯并二氮平,例如,氯二氮平、氣氮 平鹽、地西泮、氟西泮、勞拉西泮、氧西泮、替馬四泮, 15 或三唑侖; •具鎮靜作用之氏拮抗劑,例如,苯海拉明、比拉明、 普魯米近、氯笨那敏,或氯環利嗉; •鎮靜劑,諸如,格魯米特、曱丙氨酯、曱喳酮,或 二氯芬啳酮; 20 •骨骼肌肉鬆弛劑,例如,巴氯芬、異丙基眠爾通、 氣唑沙宗、胺苯環庚烯、美索巴莫,或歐菲瑞那定; • NMDA受體拮抗劑,例如,右曱嗎喃((+)-3-羥基-N-甲基嗎啡烷)或其代謝物右嗎喃((+)-3-羥基N-甲基嗎啡 烷)、K他命、美金剛胺、吡咯喳啉醌、順-4-(膦醯基曱基)-2- 35 1300776 氐疋魏酉文布他口口、EN-3231(MorphiDex®,嗎啡及右甲嗎 喃之混合組成物)、托比酯、奈拉美森,或哌辛弗替,包含 NR2B拮抗劑,例如,因芬普若地、特拉惡普若定,或 (0(R)-6-{2-[4-(3-氟苯基)冰羥基小哌啶基]小羥基乙基 5 —3,4-二氫-2(1Η)-σ奎琳酉同; • α-腎上腺素,例如,多沙唑嗉、坦索羅辛、可樂定、 脈法新、載思美他托米定、莫達非尼、紛妥拉明、特拉唾 秦’或4-月女基-6,7-二甲氧基_2办甲烧_石黃醯胺基四 氫對苯二酚基吡啶基)喳唑啉; 1〇 •三環抗抑鬱藥,例如,去甲丙料、丙料,或去 甲替林; •抗癲癇藥,例如,卡馬西平、拉莫三嗉、托比雷美 特,或丙戊酸鹽; •速激肽(NK)拮抗劑,特別sNK_3、NK_2或NK_1拮 15抗劑,例如,(aR,9R)l[3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯甲 基]-8,9,10,11-四氫斗甲基_5|甲基苯基)711_[1,4]二口丫辛 因并[2,l-g][l,7]-萘啶 6_13-二酮(tak 637)、 5-[[(2r,3s)-2-[(irm-[3,54g 氣曱基)笨基]乙氧基 _3_(4_ 氟苯基)-4-嗎啉基卜甲基Η;二氫·3Η1,2,4三唑_3•酮 20 (ΜΚ-869)、阿瑞比坦、南比坦、達比坦,或3 [[2曱氧基各(三 氟甲氧基)苯基]-甲基胺基]-2-苯基哌啶(2S,3S); .膽驗拮抗劑’例如’奥昔布寧、托特羅定、丙。底維 林、曲司氯!安、達非那新、索利芬那辛 '替米維林,及抗 乙醯膽驗; 36 1300776 .⑽铺擇性抑制劑,例如,鋒昔布 保、帕瑞考昔'伐地昔布、德_ =可西 米拉昔布; 曰布,或盧 5Ah (10) (4) (The disease includes urinary incontinence flying, muddy type of forest loss, wealth, such as, (4) obsessive-compulsive disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder, personality abnormalities, such as, ^, AUHD, sexual dysfunction; According to a further aspect, the present invention provides: i) a compound of the invention for use in human or animal (four) products; u) for the treatment of diseases involving modulation of monoamine transporter function, urine Incontinence, the compound of the present invention,, 110 uses a banming compound to manufacture a drug for treating a disease involving a monoamine transporter function; n〇 is used for the treatment of a disease involving serotonin or norepinephrine regulation The compound of the present invention, such as 20 V, uses the compound of the present invention to produce a medicament for treating a disease involving serum norepinephrine regulation; VI) a serum involved in serotonin and norepinephrine regulation during / σ therapy Or a compound of the present invention; VII) using the compound of the present invention to produce a medicament for treating a disease involving serotonin and norepinephrine regulation; VIII) The invention of the invention of invigorating chemotherapy (Zhu, GSJ and USI) 33 1300776; ix) using the compound of the invention to manufacture a medicament for the treatment of urinary incontinence (such as GSI and USI); X) during the treatment involving a monoamine A method for the transporter-mediated disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a patient in need of such treatment; xi) a method of treating a disease involving serotonin or norepinephrine regulation therebetween, comprising Administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a patient in need of such treatment; 10 xii) a method of treating a disease involving serotonin and norepinephrine modulation therebetween, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to the need thereof A patient treated; and xiii) a method of treating urinary incontinence (such as GSI or USI) comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a patient in need of such treatment. 15 It is important to understand that all treatments described herein include curative, palliative and prophylactic treatments unless otherwise stated. The compounds of the invention may be administered alone or in combination with a portion of the drug. If a mixture of therapeutic agents is administered, the active ingredient may be administered sequentially or simultaneously in separate or mixed pharmaceutical compositions. 20 Examples of suitable agents for adjunctive therapy include: • Opioid analgesics, for example, morphine, heroin, hydromorphone, oxymorphone, levofloxacin, levalprofen, methadone _, billi bite, phenanthrene Nicotine, cocaine, codeine, dihydrocodeine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, propoxyphene, naltrexone, naprofen, naloxone, quetiapine, butylmorphine, 34 1300776 metoprolol, nabufen, or panta 0 new; • non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID), for example, aspirin, diclofenac, cesinocin, itodorite, phenylbufen , fenoprofen, flubenzol, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketoproic acid, 5 meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nai Dingmeiketone, naproxen, nimesulide, nitroflurifeprofen, olsalazine, oxaprozine, ketata, piroxicam, sulfasalazine p 17 , sulindac , toluene, or acid; or barbiturate, for example, barbital, pentobarbital Prostaglandol, mesobarbital, pentobarbital, phenobarbital, sevobarbital, tadone, simiram or thiopental; • benzodiazepine with sedative effects, for example, chlorinated Nitrogen, gas nitrogen salt, diazepam, flurazepam, lorazepam, oxyzepine, temazapod, 15 or triazolam; • sedative antagonists, for example, diphenhydramine, Biramine, Promethazine, Chlorpheniramine, or Clonacycline; • Sedatives such as glutamide, acetophenone, fluorenone, or diclofenac; 20 • Skeletal muscles Relaxing agents, for example, baclofen, isopropylpyrazine, oxazolidine, amphetamine, mesobarimo, or omeprinadine; • NMDA receptor antagonists, for example, right iliac Norm ((+)-3-hydroxy-N-methylmorphinane) or its metabolite dextromethorphan ((+)-3-hydroxy N-methylmorphinane), ketamine, memantine, pyrrole Porphyrin, cis-4-(phosphonium decyl)-2-35 1300776 氐疋Wei 酉文布布口口, EN-3231 (MorphiDex®, a mixture of morphine and dextromethorphan), tobex ester , Naramson, or Piperfine, Containing an NR2B antagonist, for example, due to fenprovir, Trafalprosine, or (0(R)-6-{2-[4-(3-fluorophenyl) glacial hydroxypiperidinyl] Hydroxyethyl 5- 3,4-dihydro-2(1Η)-σ奎琳酉; • α-adrenalin, for example, doxazosin, tamsulosin, clonidine, pulse, new Metoprolidine, modafinil, tiaramin, terrapin, or 4-month-female-6,7-dimethoxy-2-carcinogen Diphenylphenol pyridyl)oxazoline; 1〇•Tricyclic antidepressant, for example, demethylated, propylene, or nortriptyline; • antiepileptic drugs, for example, carbamazepine, lamo嗉, tobyremet, or valproate; • tachykinin (NK) antagonists, particularly sNK_3, NK_2 or NK_1 antagonists, for example, (aR, 9R) l [3,5-double ( Trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-8,9,10,11-tetrahydroindolylmethyl_5|methylphenyl)711_[1,4]diphthoquinone[2,lg][l ,7]-naphthyridine 6_13-dione (tak 637), 5-[[(2r,3s)-2-[(irm-[3,54g gas fluorenyl)] ethoxy]_3_(4_fluoro Phenyl)-4-morpholinylmethylhydrazine; dihydro·3Η1,2,4 triazole_3• Ketone 20 (ΜΚ-869), alibidine, rupiatan, darbitan, or 3 [[2 methoxyl (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-methylamino]-2-benzene Gibberidine (2S, 3S); . Cholesterol antagonists such as 'oxybutynin, tolterodine, C. Devilin, ticlopril, anaphysone, dafenazone, solifenacin, telmivirin, and anti-acetylation test; 36 1300776. (10) Spreading inhibitors, for example, Parecoxib 'valdecoxib, de _ = simiramib; 曰布, or Lu 5

1010

•煤焦油止痛劑,特別是撲熱自自痛· .抗精神病藥,諸如侧多:氯丙 奮乃靜、硫刪、美索達。秦、三氣培拉嗔 氯氟平、奥氮平、利_、齊拉㈣、㈣平=乃靜、 阿立㈣、松⑽、布羅南沙林、伊潘立酮、^=、 雷氯必利、料平、_普路若斯、阿森納平^隆、 氨續必利、貝拉仙、培林朵、依利色林、奥沙=西嗣、 莫那班、麥克林那坦、Miraxion@,或沙立若垣广垣、利 如,辣=受體激化物(例如’瑞辛弗拉托辛)或拮抗賴 ./5-腎上腺素,諸如,普奈洛爾; •局部麻醉,諸如,美西律; •皮質類固醇,諸如,地塞米松; • 5-HT受體激化物或拮抗劑,特別是5_HTib/id激化物, 諸如,依來曲普坦、舒馬曲坦、諾拉替坦、佐米曲普坦, 或利扎曲普坦; • 5-HT2A受體拮抗劑,諸如,R(+)_a_(2,3_二甲氧基一 苯基)小0(4-氟苯基乙基)]-4^辰啶甲醇(MDL-100907); •膽鹼激素(菸鹼)止痛劑,諸如,伊士派若尼西林 (TC-1734)、(E)-N-甲基冰(3_吡啶基)-3_ 丁烯小胺 (RJR-24〇3)、(R)-5-(2-吖丁啶基甲氧基氯吡啶 37 1300776 (ΑΒΤ-594),或尼古丁; • Tramadol® ; • PDEV抑制劑,諸如,5-[2-乙氧基·5·(4-甲基-I』瓜嗉 基-石黃酸基)苯基]小甲基-3·正丙基_i,6-二氫比嗤并 5 [4,3_d]。密啶i酮(昔多芬)、(6艮12设)-2,3,6,7,12,12心六氫1 甲基-6-(3,4-甲撐基二氧苯基)-吡嗉并吡啶并 [3,4-b]吲嗓-i,4-二酮(IC-351 或犀利士)、2-[2_ 乙氧基-5-(4- 乙基-°底嗔-1-基-1-石黃醯基)-苯基]-5-甲基_7-丙基-311-味唾并 [5,1<|[1,2,4]三嗉-4-酮(伐地那非)、5-(5-乙醯基_2-丁氧基-3- 10 。比°定基)_3·乙基-2-(1-乙基-3-叮丁咬基)-2,6-二氫比ϋ坐 弁[4,3-(1]|1笛°疋-7-_、5-(5-乙酿基-2-丙氧基-3-^比。定基)_3-乙 基-2-(1-異丙基-3-吖丁唆)-2,6-二氫比。坐并[4,3-dp密咬 7-酮、5-[2-乙氧基-5-(4-乙基哌嗉小基磺醯基)π比啶_3-基]各 乙基-2-[2-甲氧基乙基]-2,6-二氫-7H-u比唾并[4,3-d]^ °定-Τι5 酮、4-[(3-氯-4-甲氧基苯甲基)胺基]-2-[(2S)-2-(羥基甲基) 吡咯烷-1-基]-N_(嘧啶-2-基曱基)嘴啶-5-曱醯胺、3-(1-甲基 •7-氧雜-3-丙基-6,7-二氫-1H- 口比唾并[4,3-d] ♦ σ定-5-基)-Ν-[2-(1-甲基η比洛烧-2-基)乙基]-4-丙氧基磺驢胺; • α -2- 6配位體,諸如,加巴噴丁、普加巴林、3-曱 2〇 基加巴喷丁、(1α,3α,5α)(3-胺基-甲基-二環[3.2.0]庚-3- 基)-乙酸、(3S-5R)-3-胺基曱基-5-甲基-庚酸、(3S,5R)-3-胺 基-5-甲基-庚酸、(3S,5R)-3-胺基-5-甲基-辛酸、(2S,4S)-4-(3· 氯苯氧基)脯胺酸、(2S,4S>4-(3-氟苯甲基)-脯胺酸、 [(1R,5R,6S)冬(胺基甲基)二環[3·2·0]庚-6-基]乙酸、3-(1-胺 38 1300776 基甲基)-環己基甲基)-4Η-[1,2,4]噁二唑-5-酮、C-[1-(1H-四 唑-5-基曱基)-環庚基]-曱基胺、(3S,4S)-(1-胺基甲基-3,4-二 曱基-環戊基)-乙酸、(3S,5R)-3-胺基甲基-5-曱基-辛酸、 (3S,5R)-3-胺基-5-甲基-壬酸、(3S,5R)-3-胺基-5-甲基-辛 5 酸、(3R,4R,5R)-3-胺基-4,5-二甲基-庚酸,及(3R,4R,5R)-3-胺基-4,5-二曱基-辛酸; •大麻紛; •代謝型谷氨酸亞型1受體(mGluRl)拮抗劑; •血清素再吸收抑制劑,諸如,舍曲林、估曲林代謝 10 物去曱基估曲林、氣西>丁、去甲氣西>丁(氟^西>丁去甲基代謝 物)、氟伏沙明、帕羅西、;丁、西太普蘭、西太普蘭代謝物去 曱基西太普蘭、依地普崙、d,l-芬氟拉明、費蒙斯丁、伊福 西汀、氰基多舒平、利托西汀、達泊西汀、納發諾頓、西 文氯胺,及查諾頓; 15 •去甲腎上腺素(正腎上腺素)再吸收抑制劑,諸如,馬 普替林、洛夫帕明、米氮平、羥丙替林、非唑拉明、托莫 西汀、米賽林、安非他酮、安非他酮代謝物羥基安非他酮、 諾米芬新,及維羅塞嗉(Vivalan®,特別是選擇性之去曱腎 上腺素再吸收抑制劑,諸如,瑞波西汀,特別是(S,S)-瑞波 20 西汀; •雙重血清素-去甲腎上腺素再吸收抑制劑,諸如,文 拉法新、文拉法新代謝物〇去曱基文拉法新、氯米帕明、 氯米帕明代謝物去甲基氯米帕明、度洛西汀、米那普崙, 及丙咪嗉; 39 1300776 •誘導型一氧化氮合成酶(iNOS)抑制劑,諸如,S-[孓[(l 亞胺基乙基)胺基]乙基]-L-同胱胺酸、S-[2-[(l-亞胺基乙基 胺基]乙基]-4,4-二氧雜胱胺酸、S-[2-[(l-亞胺基乙基)胺 基]乙基]-2-甲基-L-胱胺酸、(2S,5Z)-2-胺基-2-甲基 5 亞胺基乙基)胺基]-5-庚烯酸、2-[[(lR,3S)-3-胺基輕基 小(5-塞^坐基)-丁基]硫基]-5-氯-3』比°定甲青;2-[[(ir,3s)_3·» 胺基-4-羥基-:1-(5-塞唑基)丁基]硫基]-4-氣笨并青、 (2S,4R)-2-胺基冰[[2-氯-5-(三氟甲基)苯基]硫基]5,塞唾丁 醇、2-pp(lR,3S)-3-胺基4-羥基-1-(5-塞唑基)丁基]硫 10 基]各(三氟甲基)-3-吡啶甲青、2-[[(lR,3S)-3-胺基冰經基 -H5-塞唑基)丁基]硫基]—5-氯苯并青、N-[4-[2-(3-氯苯曱基 胺基)乙基]苯基]塞吩-2-咔噁嘧唆,或脈基乙基二硫化物; •乙酿基氯酯酶抑制劑,諸如,多奈η辰齊; •前列腺素Ε2亞型4(ΕΡ4)拮抗劑,諸如,Ν-[(丨2-[4-〇 15 乙基-4,6-二甲基-1Η-咪唑并[4,5-cp比啶-1-基)苯基]乙基}胺 基)-魏基M-甲基苯績酸胺,或4-[(lS)-l-({[5H(3-氟苯 氧基)吡啶-3-基]羰基}胺基)乙基]苯甲酸; •白三烯素B4拮抗劑;諸如,1-(3-聯苯-4-基甲基-4-羥基-苯并二氫呋喃-7-基)-環戊烷羧酸(CP-l〇5696)、5-[2-(2-20羧基乙基)![6-(4-甲氧基苯基)-5E-己烯基]氧苯氧基]_纈草 酸(ONO-4057),或DPC-11870 ; • 5-脂氧化酶抑制劑,諸如,齊留通、6-[(3_氟-5-[4-甲氧基-3,4,5,6-四鼠-2Η-σ比喃-4-基]苯氧基·甲基甲基一2_ 喳啉酮(ZD-2138),或2,3,5-三甲基-6-(3^比啶基甲基),i,4-苯 40 1300776 并醌酮(CV6504); •納通道阻斷劑,諸如,利多卡因; • 5-HT3拮抗劑,諸如,恩丹西酮、格拉思瓊、曲匹西 龍、阿札思瓊、多拉思瓊,或阿洛塞得龍; 5 •雌激素激化物或選擇性雌激素受體調節劑(例如, HRT治療或拉索昔芬); • α-腎上腺素受體激化物,諸如,苯基丙醇胺,或 R-450 ; •多巴胺受體激化物(例如,阿撲嗎啡,其作為藥學用 10途之教示可於US-A-5945117案發現),包含多巴胺D2受體激 化物(例如,派里密派利索,Pharmacia Upjohn化合物編號 PNU95666 ;或羅匹西羅); • PGE1激化物(例如,前列地爾); 及其藥學可接受之鹽。 15 本發明因此於另一方面係提供一種包含本發明化合物 及另外之治療劑一起之組合物。 對於人類之使用,本發明化合物可單獨投藥,但於人 類治療,一般係與關於所欲投藥路徑及標準藥學實施而選 擇之適合藥學賦形劑、稀釋劑或載劑混合而投藥。 2〇 例如,本發明化合物可以錠劑、膠囊(包含軟式膠囊)、 权d、酏劑、溶液或懸浮液之型式(可含有口味劑或色劑) 經口、口頰或舌下投藥,而用於立即式、延遲式、改質式、 持續式、雙重式、控制式、釋放式或脈動式之遞送應用。 本發明化合物亦可經由海棉體注射而投藥。本發明化合物 41 1300776 亦可經由快速分散或快速溶解劑型而投藥。 此等錠劑可含有賦形劑,諸如,微結晶纖維素、乳糖 檸檬酸納、碳_、二元磷_、甘氨酸,及崎增佳係 玉米、馬鈴薯,或木薯澱粉),崩解劑,諸如,澱粉乙醇= 5鈉、交聯甲基纖維素鈉,及某些錯合石夕酸鹽,及造教結= 劑,諸如,聚乙烯基,比略㈣、經基丙基甲基纖維 1 (HPMC)、域喊纖維素(HpQ、餘、明膠,及阿技伯 树月曰膠另外,潤滑劑(諸如,硬脂酸鎮、硬脂酸、 甘/由自日,及滑石)亦可被包含。 1〇 才目似型式之固體組成物亦可作為明膠膠囊内之填料 對此之較佳賦形劑包含乳糖、澱粉.纖維素、乳糖,或高 分子ΐ聚乙二醇。對於含水之懸浮液及/或_,本發二 合物及其藥學可接受之鹽可與各種甜化劑或口味劑、— 物料或*料’與乳化及/或懸浮之試劑及與稀釋劑(諸如 5水:醇、丙二醇,及甘油),及此等之混合物混合。 經改質之釋放及博轉放麵可含有諸如對於立g、 釋放劑型所詳述者之賦形劑及與作為釋放速率改質印式 外賦形劑(其魏塗覆於裝置之主體上及/或包含於^之^ 起。釋放速率改質劑不被排它受限地包含經基丙 20維素、甲基纖維素、缓基甲基纖維素鈉、乙基纖_ 土纖 維素乙酸醋、聚乙婦化氧、黃原膠、卡波姆、甲基丙1 銨共聚物、氫化蓖麻油、棕櫚蠛、石堪、纖維素7酸 酸酉旨1基丙基甲基纖維素s太酸醋、甲基丙稀酸共=軚 及其等之混合物。經改質之釋放及悸動釋放劑型可 42 1300776 種釋放速率改質賦形劑或其混合物。釋放速率改質賦形劑 可存在於此劑型内(即,於基質内)及/或於此劑型上(即,於 表面或塗層上)。• Coal tar analgesics, especially self-inflammation. • Antipsychotics, such as chlorhexidine, thiophene, thiosamine, mesodar. Qin, Sanqi Peila chlorofluoropine, olanzapine, Li _, Qila (four), (four) Ping = Naijing, Ali (four), pine (10), Bronan sarin, Iloperidone, ^ =, LeCl Bili, Yiping, _Plujos, Arsenal Ping ^ Long, Ammonia, Bella, Perlin, Elysin, Osa = Xiqiao, Monaban, McLinantan, Miraxion@, or Sha Liruo 垣 垣, 利如, Spicy = receptor agonist (such as 'Rising Flatoxin) or antagonizing Lai./5-adrenalin, such as Propranol; , such as, mexiletine; • corticosteroids, such as dexamethasone; • 5-HT receptors or antagonists, especially 5_HTib/id, such as eletriptan, sumatriptan, Norastatin, zolmitriptan, or rizatriptan; • 5-HT2A receptor antagonists, such as R(+)_a_(2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl) small 0 ( 4-fluorophenylethyl)]-4^ acetazinyl alcohol (MDL-100907); • Cholinestere (nicotine) analgesic, such as estropone (TC-1734), (E)- N-methyl ice (3_pyridyl)-3_butene small amine (RJR-24〇3), (R)-5-(2-azetidine Methoxychloropyridine 63 1300776 (ΑΒΤ-594), or nicotine; • Tramadol®; • PDEV inhibitor, such as 5-[2-ethoxy·5·(4-methyl-I) -hemeyl)phenyl]small methyl-3·n-propyl-i,6-dihydropyridinium 5 [4,3_d]. pyridine ketone (cidanto), (6艮12) - 2,3,6,7,12,12 heart hexahydro-1 methyl-6-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-pyridinopyrido[3,4-b]indole-i , 4-dione (IC-351 or Cialis), 2-[2_ethoxy-5-(4-ethyl-°-indol-1-yl-1-fluorenyl)-phenyl]-5- Methyl-7-propyl-311-flavored salic[5,1<|[1,2,4]triazin-4-one (vadinafil), 5-(5-ethinyl-2-) Butoxy-3-10. Ratio to base) _3·ethyl-2-(1-ethyl-3-indole) II,6-dihydropyrene ϋ[4,3-(1 ]|1 flute °-7--, 5-(5-ethyl-bromo-2-propoxy-3-^ ratio. base)_3-ethyl-2-(1-isopropyl-3-indole Ding))-2,6-dihydrogen ratio. Sit and [4,3-dp-biti 7-ketone, 5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-ethylpiperidinylsulfonyl) Π-pyridyl-3-yl]Ethylethyl-2-[2-methoxyethyl]-2,6-dihydro-7H-u than salido[4,3-d]^- Τ-Τι5 ketone 4-[(3-chloro-4-methoxy) Methyl)amino]-2-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-N-(pyrimidin-2-ylindenyl)-l-pyridin-5-nonylamine, 3- (1-methyl•7-oxa-3-propyl-6,7-dihydro-1H-port ratio saliva[4,3-d] ♦ σ定-5-yl)-Ν-[2- (1-methylηpyroxy-2-yl)ethyl]-4-propoxysulfonamide; • α-2-6 ligand, such as gabapentin, pregabalin, 3-曱2〇 Kigapapine, (1α, 3α, 5α) (3-amino-methyl-bicyclo[3.2.0]heptan-3-yl)-acetic acid, (3S-5R)-3-aminoindenyl-5- Methyl-heptanoic acid, (3S,5R)-3-amino-5-methyl-heptanoic acid, (3S,5R)-3-amino-5-methyl-octanoic acid, (2S,4S)-4 -(3·chlorophenoxy)proline, (2S,4S>4-(3-fluorobenzyl)-proline, [(1R,5R,6S) winter (aminomethyl) bicyclic [3·2·0]hept-6-yl]acetic acid, 3-(1-amine 38 1300776-methyl)-cyclohexylmethyl)-4Η-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one , C-[1-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylindenyl)-cycloheptyl]-mercaptoamine, (3S,4S)-(1-aminomethyl-3,4-didecyl- Cyclopentyl)-acetic acid, (3S,5R)-3-aminomethyl-5-mercapto-octanoic acid, (3S,5R)-3-amino-5-methyl-decanoic acid, (3S,5R )-3-amino-5- Benzyl-octanoic acid, (3R,4R,5R)-3-amino-4,5-dimethyl-heptanoic acid, and (3R,4R,5R)-3-amino-4,5-diindole Base-octanoic acid; • marijuana; • metabotropic glutamate subtype 1 receptor (mGluRl) antagonists; • serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as sertraline, estimated koji metabolism 10 Lin, Qixi > Ding, Dejiaqixi > Ding (Fluorine &West; D-Methyl Metabolite), Fluvoxamine, Paroxet, Ding, Citalopram, Citalopram Metabolite To thiocarbazepam, escitalopram, d,l-fenfluramine, femtenstin, iveroxetine, cyandoshupin, ritoxetine, dapoxetine, nanofabricol, Western chloramine, and Chardonnay; 15 • norepinephrine (norepinephrine) reuptake inhibitors, such as maprotiline, lofapamine, mirtazapine, hydroxypropetin, fenazolamin , tomoxetine, mesaline, bupropion, bupropion metabolite hydroxy bupropion, nomifen, and vivalan® (especially selective norepinephrine) Resorbing inhibitors, such as reboxetine, especially (S, S)-Rip 20 Westing; • Dual serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, such as venlafaxine, venlafaxine metabolites, genomic venlafaxine, clomipramine, clomipramine metabolites Methyl clomipramine, duloxetine, milnacipran, and imipenem; 39 1300776 • Inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS) inhibitors, such as S-[孓[(l-imino) Ethyl)amino]ethyl]-L-isocysteine, S-[2-[(l-iminoethylamino)ethyl]-4,4-dioxocysteine, S -[2-[(l-iminoethyl)amino]ethyl]-2-methyl-L-cystamine, (2S,5Z)-2-amino-2-methyl-5imine Ethylethyl)amino]-5-heptenoic acid, 2-[[(lR,3S)-3-aminol light base small (5-sodium)-butyl]thio]-5-chloro -3" ratio ° 甲甲青; 2-[[(ir,3s)_3·» Amino-4-hydroxy-: 1-(5-soxazolyl)butyl]thio]-4-indole Cyan, (2S,4R)-2-aminocarb[[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]thio]5, succinol, 2-pp(lR,3S)-3 -amino 4-hydroxy-1-(5-soxazolyl)butyl]sulfenyl 10 -yl](trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinemethyl, 2-[[(lR,3S)-3-amine Base ice-based-H5-pyrazolyl)butyl]thio]- 5-Chlorobenzoic, N-[4-[2-(3-chlorophenylhydrazino)ethyl]phenyl]cephen-2-pyrazine, or carboxyethyl disulfide; • Ethyl chloroesterase inhibitors, such as, for example, Donna η chenqi; • Prostaglandin 亚 2 subtype 4 (ΕΡ4) antagonists, such as Ν-[(丨2-[4-〇15 ethyl-4, 6-Dimethyl-1 oxime-imidazo[4,5-cp-pyridin-1-yl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)-Weiyl M-methyl benzoic acid amine, or 4-[(lS -l-({[5H(3-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-3-yl)carbonyl}amino)ethyl]benzoic acid; • leukotriene B4 antagonist; for example, 1-(3-linked Benz-4-ylmethyl-4-hydroxy-benzodihydrofuran-7-yl)-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid (CP-l〇5696), 5-[2-(2-20-carboxyethyl)! [6-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5E-hexenyl]oxyphenoxy]-valeric acid (ONO-4057), or DPC-11870; • 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor, such as Qi Retention, 6-[(3_fluoro-5-[4-methoxy-3,4,5,6-tetra-mole-2Η-σ-pyran-4-yl]phenoxymethylmethyl-one 2_ porphyrinone (ZD-2138), or 2,3,5-trimethyl-6-(3^pyridylmethyl), i,4-benzene 40 1300776 fluorenone (CV6504); Blockers, such as lidocaine; • 5-HT3 antagonists, such as ondansetron, glastron, tricepillon, azaxion, dorasian, or alosedron; 5 • estrogen or selective estrogen receptor modulators (eg, HRT treatment or laxoxifene); • alpha-adrenergic receptors such as phenylpropanolamine, or R-450; • Dopamine receptor agonists (eg, apomorphine, which is found in US-A-5,945, 117 as a pharmacy 10), and contains dopamine D2 receptor agonists (eg, Philipcia Upjohn, Pharmacia Upjohn) Compound No. PNU95666; or Rosicillo); • PGE1 excimer (eg, alprostadil); and its pharmaceutically acceptable The present invention thus provides, in another aspect, a composition comprising a compound of the invention in combination with an additional therapeutic agent. For human use, the compounds of the invention may be administered separately, but in human therapy, generally in relation to The pharmaceutical route, the diluent, or the carrier selected by the standard pharmaceutical administration may be administered by mixing. 2〇 For example, the compound of the present invention may be used as a tablet, a capsule (including a soft capsule), a weight d, a tincture, The type of solution or suspension (which may contain a taste or colorant) administered orally, buccally or sublingually, for immediate, delayed, modified, continuous, dual, controlled, released or Pulsating delivery applications. The compounds of the invention may also be administered by injection into the body of the sponge. The compound of the invention 41 1300776 may also be administered via a rapidly dispersing or fast dissolving dosage form. Such troches may contain excipients such as microcrystalline Cellulose, lactose sodium citrate, carbon _, dibasic phosphorus _, glycine, and Sakizawa corn, potato, or tapioca starch), disintegrants, such as Powdered ethanol = 5 sodium, cross-linked methyl cellulose sodium, and some miscible acid salts, and teaching knots = agents, such as polyvinyl, Bi (4), propyl propyl methyl 1 ( HPMC), domain shouting cellulose (HpQ, Yu, gelatin, and Aji Boshu gum) In addition, lubricants (such as stearic acid, stearic acid, Gan / from the day, and talc) can also be The solid composition of the present invention may also be used as a filler in gelatin capsules. Preferred excipients thereof include lactose, starch, cellulose, lactose, or high molecular weight polyethylene glycol. For aqueous suspensions and/or _, the present dimeric compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be combined with various sweeteners or flavoring agents, materials or materials, and emulsified and/or suspended reagents and diluents (such as 5 water: alcohol, propylene glycol, and glycerin), and mixtures of such mixtures. The modified release and boiled release may contain excipients such as those described in detail for the release dosage form and release dosages as modified release external excipients (which are applied to the body of the device) And/or included in the release. The release rate modifier is not limited to excipiently containing carbaryl, methylcellulose, sodium ketone, ethyl cellulose Acetic acid vinegar, polyethoxylate oxygen, xanthan gum, carbomer, methyl propyl 1 ammonium copolymer, hydrogenated castor oil, palm glutinous rice, stone can, cellulose 7 acid 酉 1 1 propyl methyl cellulose s too acid vinegar, methyl acrylate acid = 軚 and mixtures thereof. Modified release and turbulent release dosage form can be 42 1300776 release rate modified excipients or mixtures thereof. Release rate modified shape The agent may be present in the dosage form (i.e., within the matrix) and/or on the dosage form (i.e., on the surface or coating).

快速分散劑或溶解劑之組成物(FDDF)可含有下列成 5伤·阿斯巴甜、醋磺内酯鉀、檸檬酸、交聯羧曱基纖維素 納、父聯聚維_、二抗壞血酸、丙烯酸乙酯、乙基纖維素、 明膠、羥基丙基甲基纖維素、硬脂酸鎂、甘露醇、曱基丙 稀酸曱S旨、薄荷口味劑、聚乙二醇、煙燻碎石、二氧化石夕、 ’/、又^乙醇|^納、硬脂基福馬酸鈉、山梨糖醇、木糖醇。分 1〇政或浴解一辭於此用以描述FDDF係依所用藥物之溶解性 而定’即’若藥物係不可溶時,快速分散劑型可被製備, 且右樂物係可溶時,快速溶解劑型可被製備。 15The fast dispersing or dissolving agent composition (FDDF) may contain the following 5 wounds, aspartame, acesulfame potassium, citric acid, croscarmellose sodium, paternal poly- _, ascorbic acid Ethyl acrylate, ethyl cellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, magnesium stearate, mannitol, mercapto acrylate, mint flavor, polyethylene glycol, smoky stone , sulphur dioxide, '/, and ^ ethanol | ^, sodium stearyl fumarate, sorbitol, xylitol. The phrase "1" or "bath" is used to describe the FDDF depending on the solubility of the drug used. That is, if the drug is insoluble, a rapidly dispersing dosage form can be prepared, and when the right music system is soluble, A fast dissolving dosage form can be prepared. 15

20 本卷月化合物亦可非經腸道地投藥,例如,經靜脈、 經動脈、經腹腔、經鞘内 、經腦室内、經尿道、經胸骨内 經月®内^R肉内,或經皮下,或可藉由注人技術投藥。 1 ;此等非經腸逼之技藥’最佳係以無菌水溶劑型式使 1,其可含有其它物質,例如,⑽之鹽或葡萄糖以使此 令液與血液呈等滲[水溶液需要時需被適當緩衝懷佳係 = 為3至9)。於無菌條件下製備適合之非經腸道組成物 係猎由㈣此項技藝者所知之檩準藥學技術㈣完成。 對於人類患者之口服及非經腸道之投藥,本發明化合 物或其鹽或溶劑化物之每天劑量—般伽至毫克(單一 或分開之藥劑)。 因此’例如,本發明化合物或其鹽或溶劑化物之錠劑 43 l3〇〇776 2囊可含有5毫克至25G毫克之活性化合物以供適當之每 單或-或更户之投藥w生無論如何皆可決定最適於 任何個別患者之實際劑量’ Μ係依特定患者之年齡、體 重及回應而改變。平均劑量解均情況之例子。此當狹可 具有其間應得較高或較低缝_之個糊子,且二等係 於本發明範圍内。熟習此項技藝者能瞭解於治療某此狀況 (包含ΡΕ),本發明化合物可以,,所需時,,為基礎(即,於需要20 This compound may also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, transarterally, transabdominally, intrathecally, intracerebroventricularly, transurethral, transsacral, or intrauterine. Subcutaneous, or can be administered by injection techniques. 1; these non-intestinal techniques 'best in a sterile water solvent type 1, which may contain other substances, such as (10) salt or glucose to make the fluid isotonic with blood [aqueous solution when needed Need to be properly buffered by Huaijia = 3 to 9). Preparation of a suitable parenteral composition under sterile conditions is accomplished by (4) the know-how of the skilled artisan (4). For oral and parenteral administration to a human patient, the daily dose of the compound of the invention or its salt or solvate is generally gamma to milligrams (single or separate agents). Thus, for example, a compound of the present invention or a salt or solvate lozenge thereof may contain from 5 mg to 25 g mg of the active compound for appropriate administration per unit or - or household. The actual dose that is most suitable for any individual patient can be determined to vary depending on the age, weight and response of the particular patient. An example of the average dose solution. This may be a paste having a higher or lower slit therebetween, and the second grade is within the scope of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will be able to understand that in the treatment of certain conditions (including hydrazine), the compounds of the invention may, if desired, be based on (ie, upon need)

1010

或所欲時)採用單一劑。 IL示之錠劑組成物 一般,㈣組成物典型上可含有約_毫克與500毫克 間之依據本發明之化合物(或其鹽),而錠劑填料重量範圍可 為50毫克至聊毫克。1G毫克錠劑之麻 %w/w 10.000* 64.125 21.375 3.000 1.200 且係以游離鹼重量為基 成份— 化合物之游離鹼或鹽 乳糖 澱粉 父聯曱基纖維素納 硬脂酸鎂 *此量典型上係依藥物活性調節 準 5 本發明化合物亦可經鼻内或藉由吸入而投藥 ,且係以 刀吸入為型式或自加壓容器、泵、噴灑器或喷霧器且使 用適當推進劑(例如,二氯二氟甲烧、三氯-氟甲烧、二氣 四氟乙烷、氫氟烷,諸如,U,l,2-四氟乙烷(HFA 134A[商 才不]或1,1,1,2,3,3,3-七氟丙烷(HFA 227EA[商標]、二氧化碳 20或其它適合氣體)以氣霧喷灑呈現而便利地遞送。於加壓氣 務之h況制里單位可藉由提供閥以遞送一計量而決定。 44 1300776 加壓容器、泵、喷灑器或喷霧器可含有活性化合物之溶液 或懸浮液,例如,使用乙醇及推進劑之混合物作為溶劑, 其可另外含有潤滑劑,例如,山梨糖醇三油酸酯。用於吸 入器或吹入器之膠囊及匣(例如,由明膠製成)可被配製成含 5 有本發明化合物及適合粉末基材(諸如,乳糖或澱粉)之粉末 混合物。 喷霧或乾粉之組成物較佳係被配置成使每一計量之劑 量或”喷吹”係含有1至50毫克之本發明化合物遞送至患 者。藉由喷霧之全部的每天劑量範圍係1至50毫克,其可以 10 單一劑或更普遍地,於整天内以分開之劑量而投藥。 本發明化合物亦可被配製成經由霧化器遞送。用於霧 化器裝置之組成物可含有下列成份作為助溶劑、乳化劑或 懸浮劑:水、乙醇、甘油、丙二醇、低分子量聚乙二醇、 氣化鈉、氟碳化物、聚乙二醇醚、山梨糖醇三油酸酯、油 15 酸。 另外,本發明化合物可以栓劑或環托之型式投藥,或 可以凝膠、水凝膠、乳液、溶液、乳霜·軟膏或塵粉型式 局部塗敷。本發明化合物亦可經皮膚或皮膚滲透而投藥, 例如,藉由使用皮膚貼片。亦可藉由眼睛、肺部或直腸路 20 徑投藥。 對於眼科使用,化合物可被配製成於等滲壓、pH調節 之無菌生理食鹽水内之懸浮液,或較佳係於等滲壓、pH調 節之無菌生理食鹽水内之溶液,其選擇性地與防腐劑(諸 如,苯甲基酮氯化物)混合。另外,可被配製成軟膏(諸如, 45 1300776 凡士林)。Or a single agent if desired. IL Tablet Compositions Generally, the (4) composition typically contains between about _mg and 500 mg of the compound (or a salt thereof) according to the present invention, and the tablet filler weight may range from 50 mg to gram mg. 1G mg tablets of hemp %w/w 10.000* 64.125 21.375 3.000 1.200 and based on the weight of the free base - the free base of the compound or the salt lactose starch parent-linked cellulose-based sodium nanostearate * This amount is typically Depending on the activity of the drug, the compound of the invention may also be administered intranasally or by inhalation, and may be in the form of a knife inhalation or a self-pressurizing container, pump, sprinkler or nebulizer and using a suitable propellant (eg , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichloro-fluoromethane, di-tetrafluoroethane, hydrofluorocarbon, such as U, l, 2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A [business not] or 1,1 1,1,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA [trademark], carbon dioxide 20 or other suitable gas) is conveniently delivered by aerosol spray. The unit can be borrowed in the pressurized gas system. It is determined by the provision of a valve to deliver a meter. 44 1300776 A pressurized container, pump, sprinkler or spray may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, for example, using a mixture of ethanol and a propellant as a solvent, which may additionally Contains a lubricant, for example, sorbitol trioleate. For inhalers or blows The capsules and crucibles (for example, made of gelatin) can be formulated into a powder mixture comprising 5 of the compound of the invention and a suitable powder base material such as lactose or starch. The composition of the spray or dry powder is preferably It is configured such that each metered dose or "blowing" contains 1 to 50 mg of a compound of the invention delivered to a patient. The total daily dose range by spraying is from 1 to 50 mg, which may be 10 single doses or More generally, the drug is administered in divided doses throughout the day. The compounds of the invention may also be formulated for delivery via a nebulizer. The composition for the nebulizer device may contain the following ingredients as a co-solvent, emulsifier or Suspending agent: water, ethanol, glycerin, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, sodium vaporized gas, fluorocarbon, polyethylene glycol ether, sorbitol trioleate, oil 15 acid. In addition, the compound of the present invention can Suppository or ring-type administration, or may be applied topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dust powder. The compounds of the invention may also be administered by skin or skin penetration, for example, by Use a skin patch. It can also be administered by eye, lung or rectal route. For ophthalmic use, the compound can be formulated as a suspension in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile physiological saline, or preferably. A solution in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile physiological saline, optionally mixed with a preservative such as benzylketone chloride. Alternatively, it can be formulated as an ointment (eg, 45 1300776 Vaseline) ).

於局一塗敷於皮膚,本發明化合物可配製成含有懸 ^合解於’例如,具下列之_或多種之混合物内之活性 $ 一:物之適合軟膏:礦物油、液態凡士林、白凡士林、丙 、醇♦氧乙烯聚氧丙烯化合物、乳化蝶及水。另外,可 製f懸净或溶於,例如,下列之一或多種之混合物之 =的絲或礼霜:餐油、山梨轉單硬脂_旨、聚乙 醇液體石虫鼠、聚山梨糖醇6〇、十六酸醋、蝶、錄虫敗醇、 2-辛基十二烷醇、苯甲醇及水。 1〇 ^明化合物亦可與環糊精混合使用。環糊精已知用 L、藥物刀子形成包合及非包合之錯合物。藥物環糊精錯 α物之形成可改良藥物分子之溶解性、溶解速率、生物利 用ϋ及/或安定性質。藥物_環糊精錯合物一般係用於大部份 劑型及投藥路徑。除與藥物直接錯合外,環糊精亦可作為 15輔助添加劑,例如,作為載劑、稀釋劑或助溶劑。α -、点一 及?-環糊精係最普遍使用,且適合例子係描述於 及WO-A-98/55148。 WO-A-91/11172、WO-A-94/02518 對於人類患者之經口或靜脈投藥,化學式⑴之化合物 及其藥學可接受鹽之母一劑量係〇 01至%毫克/公斤(單一 20或分開之藥劑)’且較佳係0·01至5毫克/公斤之範圍。因此, 叙劑將含有1¾克至0.4克之化合物以用於適當之每次單一 或-或更多之投藥。醫生無論如何皆可決定最適於任何特 定患者之貫際劑塁,且其係依特定患者之年齡、體重及回 應而改k。上述劑里當然僅係例示之平均情況,且可耳^ 46 1300776 且此等係於本發明 其間應得較高或較低劑量範圍之例子, 範圍内。 口服投藥係較佳。 5 對於獸醫用途,本發明化合物係依據—般獸醫實施以 u接X之組成物投藥,且獸醫師可決定最適於特定動 物之給藥方式及投藥路徑。 因此,依據另-方面,本發明提供一種含有本發明化 • 纟物及藥學可接受之佐劑、稀釋劑或載劑之藥學組成物。 上述之混合物亦可被方便地呈現而以藥學組成物之型 10式使用,因此,包含如上所述之混合物及藥學可接受佐劑、 稀釋劑或載劑一起之藥學組成物包含本發明之另一方面。 此等混合物之個別組份可於個別或混合之藥學組成物中被 依序或同時地投藥。 當本發明化合物與第二治療劑混合使用時,每_化合 15物之劑量可與此化合物單獨使用時不同。適當劑量可由熟 | 習此項技藝者輕易瞭解。 本發明以下列非限制性之實施例作例示,其中,下列 縮寫及定義可被使用: APC1 大氣壓化學離子化When applied to the skin, the compound of the present invention can be formulated into a suitable ointment containing a suspension of the active ingredient in a mixture of _ or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petroleum jelly, white Vaseline, propylene, alcohol ♦ oxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsified butterfly and water. Alternatively, a silk or ritual cream may be prepared which is suspended or dissolved, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: table oil, yam turntable monostearate, polyacetal liquid stone worm, polysorbate 6〇, hexadecanic acid vinegar, butterfly, worm, alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water. 1 〇 ^ Ming compounds can also be mixed with cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non-inclusion complexes using L, drug knives. The formation of a drug cyclodextrin alpha can improve the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or stability properties of the drug molecule. The drug-cyclodextrin complex is generally used in most dosage forms and routes of administration. In addition to being directly mismatched with the drug, the cyclodextrin can also act as a 15 auxiliary additive, for example, as a carrier, diluent or co-solvent. α -, point one and? - Cyclodextrins are most commonly used, and suitable examples are described in WO-A-98/55148. WO-A-91/11172, WO-A-94/02518 For the oral or intravenous administration of human patients, the parental dose of the compound of formula (1) and its pharmaceutically acceptable salt is 〇01 to% mg/kg (single 20 Or a separate agent)' and preferably in the range of 0. 01 to 5 mg/kg. Thus, the agent will contain from 13⁄4 grams to 0.4 grams of the compound for appropriate single or- or more administrations per dose. In any case, the doctor can determine the optimal dosage for any particular patient, and it will change depending on the age, weight and response of the particular patient. The above agents are of course only exemplified on the average, and may be in the range of the examples in which the higher or lower dose ranges are to be obtained in the present invention. Oral administration is preferred. 5 For veterinary use, the compounds of the present invention are administered in accordance with a general veterinary practice, and the veterinarian may determine the mode of administration and route of administration that is most suitable for the particular animal. Accordingly, in accordance with still another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier. The above mixture may also be conveniently presented for use in the form of a pharmaceutical composition of formula 10, and thus, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the mixture as described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier together comprises another of the invention on the one hand. The individual components of such mixtures may be administered sequentially or simultaneously in separate or mixed pharmaceutical compositions. When the compound of the present invention is used in combination with the second therapeutic agent, the dose per _ compound 15 may be different from when the compound is used alone. The appropriate dosage can be easily understood by those skilled in the art. The invention is illustrated by the following non-limiting examples in which the following abbreviations and definitions can be used: APC1 atmospheric pressure chemical ionization

Arbacel® 填料齊J Br 寬 BOC 第三丁氧基羰基 CDI 緣基二味。坐 △ 化學位移 D 雙重 △ 熱 DCCI 二環己基碳二醯亞胺 DCM 二氯甲烷Arbacel® filler J Br wide BOC third butoxycarbonyl CDI rim base. Sitting △ chemical shift D double △ heat DCCI dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DCM dichloromethane

47 130077647 1300776

DMF DMSO ES+ ES' H HOAT HOBT HPLC M/z min MS NMM NMR Q s T TBTU Tf TFA THF TLC TS+ WSCDI N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 二甲基亞石風 電噴灑離子化正掃瞄 電噴灑離子化負掃瞄 小時 1-羥基-7-偶氮苯并三唑 1- 羥基苯并三唑 高壓液相色譜術 質譜波峰 分鐘 質譜DMF DMSO ES+ ES' H HOAT HOBT HPLC M/z min MS NMM NMR Q s T TBTU Tf TFA THF TLC TS+ WSCDI N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl sulphite wind-electric spray ionization positive scan electric spray Ionization negative scan hour 1-hydroxy-7-azobenzotriazole 1-hydroxybenzotriazole high pressure liquid chromatography mass spectrometry peak minute mass spectrometry

N-甲基嗎琳 核磁共振 四重 單 三重 2- (1沁苯并三唑-1-基)-ΐ,ι,3,3-四甲基脲鑕四 氫硼酸鹽 三氟甲烷磺醯基 三氟乙酸 四氫吱喃 薄層色譜術 熱喷灑離子化正掃瞄 1-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)_3_乙基碳二醯亞胺氫 氯化物 下列之製備及實施例係例示本發明,但非以任何方式 限制本發明。所有溫度係以。C計。閃式管柱色譜術係使用 Merck矽石凝肠60(9385)進行。固相萃取(SPE)色譜術係使用 Varian Mega Bond Elut(Si)匣(Anachem)於 15 mmHg真空下 進行。薄層色譜術(TLC)係於Merck矽石凝膠60(5729)上進 行。熔點係使用Gallenkamp MPD350裝置測定且未校正。 NMR 係使用 Varian-Unity Inova 400MHz nmr 光譜儀或 Varian Mercury 400MHz nmr光譜儀進行。質譜術係使用 Finnigan Navigator單一四極電喷麗質譜儀或Finnigan aQa 48 1300776 APCI質譜儀進行。 方便地’本發明化合物係依循游離鹼型式之操作而隔 ^-本^日月化合物之藥學可接受之酸加成鹽可使用傳統 手丰又衣備本發明化合物之溶劑化物可於前述處理步驟之 5 一之操作期間形成。 ^ 5物係以先前例子所述之方式製備時,熟習此項 技衣者θ瞭解反應時間、試劑之當量數及反應溫度可對每 特疋反應作改良,然而,其可能需要或欲使土不同之操 作或純化之條件。 【實旌^ ^^式】 較佳實施例之詳細說明 製備1 環戊基胺基)吡咯烷小羧酸酯N-methylmorphine NMR quadruple single triple 2-(1 benzotriazol-1-yl)-indole, iota, 3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrahydroborate trifluoromethanesulfonyl Trifluoroacetic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl thin layer chromatography hot spray ionization positive scanning 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)_3_ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride The following preparations and examples The invention is illustrated, but is not intended to limit the invention in any way. All temperatures are based on. C meter. Flash column chromatography was performed using Merck Meteorite 60 (9385). Solid phase extraction (SPE) chromatography was performed using a Varian Mega Bond Elut (Si)® (Anachem) under a vacuum of 15 mmHg. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on Merck vermiculite gel 60 (5729). Melting points were determined using a Gallenkamp MPD350 apparatus and were uncorrected. NMR was performed using a Varian-Unity Inova 400 MHz nmr spectrometer or a Varian Mercury 400 MHz nmr spectrometer. Mass spectrometry was performed using a Finnigan Navigator single quadrupole electrospray mass spectrometer or a Finnigan aQa 48 1300776 APCI mass spectrometer. Conveniently, the compound of the present invention is a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt of the compound according to the operation of the free base form. The solvate of the compound of the present invention can be used in the aforementioned treatment steps. The 5 is formed during the operation. ^5 When the system is prepared in the manner described in the previous examples, those skilled in the art know that the reaction time, the equivalent number of reagents, and the reaction temperature can be modified for each special reaction. However, it may require or desire to make soil. Different operating or purification conditions. [Details of the preferred embodiment] Preparation of 1 cyclopentylamino)pyrrolidine small carboxylate

%戊顯1(12.7毫升,143毫莫耳)添加至於甲醇:甲苯 3.1(600¾升:2〇〇毫升)混合物内之第三丁基(3S)_3胺基吡 咯垸-1-羧酸酯(26·6克,143毫莫耳),且反應混合物於室溫 且於氮氣下攪拌1.5小時。然後,混合物蒸發至5〇毫升,以 甲醇·甲苯3:1(600毫升:200毫升)共沸三次,且於真空濃 49 1300776 縮。反應混合物取至甲醇(250毫升)内,冷卻至〇°C,且硼氫 化鈉(7.5克,200.2毫莫耳)以一份份地添加。反應完全後, 添加水(50毫升),且蒸發溶劑。殘質以更多的水(150宅升) 稀釋,且以二氯曱烷(250毫升)萃取三次。有機相被混合, 5 於硫酸鎂乾燥,且於真空濃縮而提供呈凝膠之標的化合 物,36.1 克(99.4%)。 !HNMR(CDC13? 400MHz) 5 : 1.18(brs, 1H), 1.28(m, 2H), 1.44(s,9H), 1.52(m,2H),1.67(m,3H),1.83(m,2H),2.05(m, 1H), 2.98(m, 1H), 3.08(m, 1H)? 3.30(m9 2H), 3.45(m, 1H), 10 3.58(m, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 255 [MH]+ 製備2 复三丁基(3S)-3-f環戊基(2,3-二氯笨甲醯某)胺基i吡咯烷_·[_ 羧酸酯% pentyl 1 (12.7 ml, 143 mmol) was added to the third butyl (3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate in a mixture of methanol:toluene 3.1 (6003⁄4 liter: 2 〇〇ml) 26.6 g, 143 mmoles, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 1.5 h. Then, the mixture was evaporated to 5 mL, and then azeotroped three times with methanol·toluene 3:1 (600 ml: 200 ml), and was reduced in vacuo to a concentration of 49 1300776. The reaction mixture was taken up in methanol (250 ml), cooled to EtOAc, and sodium borohydride (7.5 g, 200.2 mmol) was added in one portion. After the reaction was completed, water (50 ml) was added and solvent was evaporated. The residue was diluted with more water (150 liters) and extracted three times with dichloromethane (250 mL). The organic phase was combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the compound as a gel, 36.1 g (99.4%). !HNMR (CDC13? 400MHz) 5 : 1.18 (brs, 1H), 1.28 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, 3H), 1.83 (m, 2H) , 2.05(m, 1H), 2.98(m, 1H), 3.08(m, 1H)? 3.30(m9 2H), 3.45(m, 1H), 10 3.58(m, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 255 [MH ]+ Preparation 2 Complex tributyl (3S)-3-f cyclopentyl (2,3-dichlorobenzamide) amino ipyrrolidine _·[_ carboxylic acid ester

三乙基胺(24毫升,170毫莫耳)係於氮氣下添加至於二 氯曱烷(350毫升)内之製備1(36.1克,142毫莫耳)之胺的溶 液。反應混合物冷卻至〇°C,且於二氯曱烷内之2,3_二氣-笨甲醯化氯(29.8克,142毫莫耳)係使溫度保持低於5。〇而滴 50 1300776 入。然後,反應混合物攪拌6小時。添加水(200毫升)並收集 有機相。含水層以二氯甲烷(250毫升)萃取。混合之有機相 以2M含水氫氧化鈉及10%檸檬酸溶液清洗,於硫酸鎮乾 燥,並於真空濃縮。粗製產物藉由於矽石凝膠上以乙酸乙 5酯:環己烷(1:6至1:4至1:2至1:1,以體積計)洗提進行管柱 色譜術而純化,產生標的產物,50克(82.4%)。 iHNMRCDCls,400MHz,旋轉異構體1.43-1.47(d,Triethylamine (24 ml, 170 mmol) was added to a solution of the title compound (36.1 g, 142 mM) of amine in chloroformane (350 ml). The reaction mixture was cooled to 〇 ° C, and 2,3 - 2 gas - benzoic acid chloride (29.8 g, 142 mmol) in dichloromethane was maintained at a temperature below 5. And dripping 50 1300776 into. Then, the reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Water (200 ml) was added and the organic phase was collected. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (250 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide and 10% EtOAc. The crude product is purified by column chromatography on a vermiculite gel eluted with ethyl acetate: cyclohexane (1:6 to 1:4 to 1:2 to 1:1 by volume). The target product, 50 g (82.4%). iHNMRCDCls, 400 MHz, rotamer 1.43-1.47 (d,

9H),1.56-1.66(m,5H),L79(m,0·5Η),1.98(m,3H),2.37(m, 1Η),2.92(m,〇·5Η),3.15(m,0·5Η),3.40(m,1Η),3.58(m, 10 3.74(m, 2H), 3.97(m, 1H), 7.1〇(m, 1H)9 7.24(m, 1H), 7.46(d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 427[MH]+及m/z 327 [MH-Boc]+9H), 1.56-1.66 (m, 5H), L79 (m, 0·5Η), 1.98 (m, 3H), 2.37 (m, 1Η), 2.92 (m, 〇·5Η), 3.15 (m, 0·) 5Η), 3.40(m,1Η), 3.58(m, 10 3.74(m, 2H), 3.97(m, 1H), 7.1〇(m, 1H)9 7.24(m, 1H), 7.46(d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 427[MH]+ and m/z 327 [MH-Boc]+

製備3Preparation 3

p各烧-1-羧酸酯p each burning 1-carboxylic acid ester

草酼氣(2.13毫升,24.4毫莫耳)於室溫及於氮氣下添加 至衣乾細二氯甲烷(41毫升)内之2,3-二氯-4-氟苯甲酸(4·25 克,2〇·33毫莫耳)(見ΕΡ0600317,實施例15)之懸浮液。添 51 1300776 加咖二甲基甲酸胺⑽#1,1毫莫耳),且反應混合物攪拌 1小時。溶劑藉由於減壓下蒸發而移除,產生黃色固體,其 被溶於二氯甲垸(2〇毫升),且於氮氣下滴至於二氣甲烧⑼ 毫升)内之三乙基胺(4·72毫升,33 9毫莫耳)及製備咐^ 5克,I6·95*莫耳)之溶液。於室溫攪拌18小時後,形成之混 合物以二氯甲烷(100毫升)&amp;1Μ含水碳酸鉀(9〇亳升)稀釋。 有機相於硫酸鎂乾燥,過濾,且溶劑藉由於減壓下蒸發而 移除。殘質溶於最小量之二氯甲烷,且藉由於矽石凝膠上 以溶劑梯度之戊烧改變至乙酸乙酯:戊烧(2〇:8〇,以體積計) 10 洗提之色谱術純化’產生呈白色發泡體之標的化合物, 6.6(73%)。2,3-dichloro-4-fluorobenzoic acid (4·25 g) of turmeric (2.13 ml, 24.4 mmol) added to a dry dichloromethane (41 ml) at room temperature under nitrogen , 2 〇 · 33 mmol (see ΕΡ 0600317, Example 15) suspension. Add 51 1300776 plus dimethyl dimethylformate (10) #1, 1 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid which was dissolved in methylene chloride (2 mL) and then evaporated to <RTIgt; · 72 ml, 33 9 mmoles and a solution of 咐^5 g, I6·95*mol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the resulting mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) &amp; The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and solvent was removed from evaporation from vacuo. The residue was dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and was changed to ethyl acetate by a solvent gradient of pentane on a vermiculite gel: pentane (2 〇:8 Torr, by volume) 10 elution chromatography Purification 'produced the title compound as a white foam, 6.6 (73%).

WnMRCCDsODJOOMHz,旋轉異構物)5 : 1.43-1.47(d, 9H), 1.62(m, 1.5H), 1.72(m, 3H), 1.88(m? 1.5H), 1.97(m, 0.5H), 2.13(m, 1.5H), 2.32(m, 0.5H), 2.74(m, 1H), 2.74(m, 15 1H),3.40(m,1H),3.51-3.59(m,1.5H),3.76(m,2H),3.88(m, 1H),4.05(m,1H),7.33(m,2H) 製備4 第三丁基(3S)-3-(環己基胺基)吡咯烷-1-羧酸JiWnMRCCDsODJOOMHz, rotamer) 5: 1.43-1.47 (d, 9H), 1.62 (m, 1.5H), 1.72 (m, 3H), 1.88 (m? 1.5H), 1.97 (m, 0.5H), 2.13 (m, 1.5H), 2.32 (m, 0.5H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.74 (m, 15 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.59 (m, 1.5H), 3.76 (m) , 2H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H) Preparation 4 Third butyl (3S)-3-(cyclohexylamino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid Ji

h3c 52 1300776 第三丁基(3S)-3-(環己基胺基)吡咯烷小羧酸酯藉由相 似於製備1所述之方法使用第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯及環己酮製備,產生所欲產物,5.9克(82%)。 ^NMRCCDCls, 400MHz) δ : l.〇9(m, 2H)9 1.24(m, 3H), 1.45(s,9H),1.62(m, 2H),1.72(m, 2H),1.88(m,2H),2.06(m, 1H),2.48(m,1H),3.01(m,1H),3.30(m,1H),3.45(m,2H), 3.55-3.62(m, 1H)H3c 52 1300776 tert-butyl(3S)-3-(cyclohexylamino)pyrrolidine small carboxylic acid ester using a third butyl(3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine by a method similar to that described in Preparation 1. Preparation of the 1-carboxylic acid ester and cyclohexanone gave the desired product, 5.9 g (82%). ^NMRCCDCls, 400MHz) δ : l.〇9(m, 2H)9 1.24(m, 3H), 1.45(s,9H),1.62(m, 2H), 1.72(m, 2H),1.88(m,2H) ), 2.06 (m, 1H), 2.48 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.62 (m, 1H)

製備5 差二丁基(3S)-3-『環己基(2,3-二氣笨甲酿基)胺基&quot;|p比洛烧 -1-羧酸酯Preparation 5 Di-dibutyl (3S)-3- "cyclohexyl (2,3-dioxa) amino group &quot;|ppiroxime-1-carboxylate

第三丁基-(3S)-3-[環己基(2,3·二氯苯甲醯基)胺基]吡 咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2相似之方法使用製備4之胺及 2,3-一氣本甲醯基氯製備產生所欲產物,514克(们%)。 HNMR(CDC13, 400MHz,The third butyl-(3S)-3-[cyclohexyl(2,3·dichlorobenzylidene)amino]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is prepared by a method similar to that of Preparation 2; The amine and 2,3-one gas methylformyl chloride were prepared to give the desired product, 514 g (%). HNMR (CDC13, 400MHz,

1H),7.23(m,1H),7.47(d,1H)。 53 1300776 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 441[MH]+ 製備6 差士 丁基(3S)-3 j%己基(2-氣-3-氣笨甲酸某)胺基&quot;jp比p各烧 -1-幾酸酯1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H). 53 1300776 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 441[MH]+ Preparation 6 succinyl butyl (3S)-3 j% hexyl (2-gas-3-gas benzoic acid) amine group &quot;jp than p each burning - 1-acid ester

第二丁基己基(2-氣-3-氣苯曱酿基)胺基]u比 咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備3所述者相似之方法使用製備4 之胺及2-氯-3-氟苯曱酸製備產生所欲產物,158毫克(29%)。 hNMRCCDCls,400MHz,旋轉異構物)5 : 0.98-1.06(m, 10 2·5Η),1.29(m,1.5Η),1.47(d,9Η),1.57(m,3Η),1.73(m,2Η), 1.87(m,2H),2.66(m,0.5H),2.89(m, 1H),3.11(m,1H), 3.38(m,1H),3.53(m,1H),3·69(πι,0·5Η),3·91(πι,2H), 6.99(m,1H),7.15(t,1H),7·28(ιη,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 425[MH]+及m/z 325[MH-Boc]+ 15 製備7 第三丁基(3S)-3-[環己基(3-氟-2-甲基苯甲醯基)胺基1吡咯 烷-1-羧酸酯 54 1300776The second butylhexyl (2- gas-3-gas benzoate)amino]upyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is prepared by a method similar to that described in Preparation 3, using the amine of Preparation 4 and 2 -Chloro-3-fluorobenzoic acid was prepared to give the desired product, 158 mg (29%). hNMRCCDCls, 400 MHz, rotamer) 5: 0.98-1.06 (m, 10 2·5 Η), 1.29 (m, 1.5 Η), 1.47 (d, 9 Η), 1.57 (m, 3 Η), 1.73 (m, 2 Η) ), 1.87 (m, 2H), 2.66 (m, 0.5H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3·69 (πι ,0·5Η),3·91(πι,2H), 6.99(m,1H),7.15(t,1H),7·28(ιη,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 425[MH]+ and m/ z 325[MH-Boc]+ 15 Preparation 7 Third butyl (3S)-3-[cyclohexyl(3-fluoro-2-methylbenzomethyl)amino-1pyrrolidin-1-carboxylate 54 1300776

第三丁基(3S)-3-[環己基(3-氟-2-甲基苯甲醯基)胺基] 咣咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備3所述者相似之方法使用製 備4之胺及3-氟-2-曱基-苯曱酸製備產生所欲產物,63毫克 5 (12%) 〇 iHNMRCCDCls,400MHz,旋轉異構物)5 : i.〇2(m, 2.5H),1.30(m,2·5Η),1.47(d,9H),1.57(m,1H),1.62(m,4H), 1.73(m,1H), 1.91(1X1, 1H),2.20(s,3H),2.71(m,0.5H), 2.91(m,1H),3.18(m,1H),3.39(m,1H),3.49(m,0.5H), 10 3.68(m,0.5),3.85-3.93(m,1.5H) 6.87(d,1H),7.01(t,1H), 7.17(q,lH) 〇 MS APC1+ m/z 405[MH]+及m/z 305[MH-Boc]+ 製備8 第三丁基(3SH環丁基胺基)吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯The third butyl (3S)-3-[cyclohexyl(3-fluoro-2-methylbenzylidene)amino]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is similar to that described in Preparation 3. Method using the amine of Preparation 4 and 3-fluoro-2-indolyl-benzoic acid to prepare the desired product, 63 mg 5 (12%) 〇iHNMRCCDCls, 400 MHz, rotamer) 5: i.〇2 (m) , 2.5H), 1.30 (m, 2·5Η), 1.47 (d, 9H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.91 (1X1, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.71 (m, 0.5H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.49 (m, 0.5H), 10 3.68 (m, 0.5) , 3.85-3.93(m, 1.5H) 6.87(d,1H),7.01(t,1H), 7.17(q,lH) 〇MS APC1+ m/z 405[MH]+ and m/z 305[MH-Boc ]+ Preparation 8 Third butyl (3SH cyclobutylamino) pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

55 1300776 第三丁基(3S)-(環丁基胺基)吡咯烷小羧酸酯係藉由與 製備1所述者相似之方法使用第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡咯烷 -1-羧酸酯及環丁酮(15當量:10當量先添加,5當量於第二 共沸移除水前添加)製備,但粗製產物係藉由矽石凝膠上之 5管柱色譜術純化產生標的化合物,542毫克(28%)。 'HNMRCCDsOD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.45(s, 9H), 1.70(m? 3H), 1.81(m,3H),2.05(m,1H),2.21(m,2H),3·03(Μ,1H), 3.26(m, 2H),3.47(m,2H) MS APC1+ m/z 241 [MH]+ 10 製備9 第三丁基(3SV3-「瑗丁基(2,3-二氯-茉甲醯心脸基&gt;比咯烷55 1300776 tert-butyl(3S)-(cyclobutylamino)pyrrolidine small carboxylic acid ester using a third butyl (3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine by a method similar to that described in Preparation 1. 1-carboxylic acid ester and cyclobutanone (15 equivalents: 10 equivalents added first, 5 equivalents added before the second azeotropic removal of water), but the crude product was subjected to 5-column chromatography on a vermiculite gel. Purification afforded the title compound, 542 mg (28%). 'HNMRCCDsOD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.45(s, 9H), 1.70(m? 3H), 1.81(m,3H), 2.05(m,1H), 2.21(m,2H),3·03(Μ,1H) , 3.26(m, 2H), 3.47(m,2H) MS APC1+ m/z 241 [MH]+ 10 Preparation 9 Third butyl (3SV3-" butyl butyl (2,3-dichloro-molybdenum) Face base &gt;pyrrolidine

-1-羧酸酯1-carboxylic acid ester

第三丁基(3S)各[環丁基(2,3-二氣-苯甲醯基)胺基]吡 15 咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法使用製備8 之胺及2,3-二氯苯甲醯基氣製備產生所欲產物,370毫克 (79%)。 ^NMRCCDsOD, 400MHz) (5 : 1.43(m, 1H), 1.48(s, 9H), 1.66(m, 1H), 1.95(m, 1H), 2.12-2.27(m, 4H), 2.72(m, 1H), 56 1300776 3.42(m,1H),3.61(m,1H),3.69(m,1H),3.86(m,1H),3.98(m, 1H),4.45(m,1H),7.24(dd,1H),7.40(t,1H),7.62(d,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 313 [MH-Boc]+ 製備10 5 1^.11基(35)_3-{『(2,4-二硝基笨基)確醯基1胺基卜比咯烷-1: 羧酸酯Third butyl (3S) each [cyclobutyl (2,3-dioxa-benzimidyl)amino]pyr 15-rrolidine-1-carboxylate by a method similar to that described in Preparation 2 Prepared using the amine of Preparation 8 and 2,3-dichlorobenzhydryl group to give the desired product, 370 mg (79%). ^NMRCCDsOD, 400MHz) (5: 1.43(m, 1H), 1.48(s, 9H), 1.66(m, 1H), 1.95(m, 1H), 2.12-2.27(m, 4H), 2.72(m, 1H ), 56 1300776 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 7.24 (dd, 1H), 7.40(t,1H), 7.62(d,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 313 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 10 5 1^.11 base (35)_3-{『(2,4-dinitrogen笨基基) 醯1 1 aminopyrrolidine-1: carboxylate

第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯(5克,27毫莫耳) 於氮氣下添加至於二氯甲烷(150毫升)内之2,6-二甲基吡啶 10 (6·2毫升,54毫莫耳)溶液。反應混合物冷卻至0。(:,且於二 氯甲烷(100毫升)内之2,4-二硝基苯磺醯基氯(7.15克,27毫 莫耳)之溶液於15分鐘期間於(TC時緩慢添加。然後,反應 混合物於室溫且於氮氣下攪拌48小時。添加水(1〇〇毫升), 且其後添加2N含水氯化氫至含水層達pH 2為止。然後,此 15等層被分離,且含水層以更多之二氯甲烷(100毫升)萃取。 有機層被混合,以水(1〇〇毫升)清洗兩次,於硫酸鎂乾燥, 且於真空濃縮,而以凝膠狀提供標的化合物,10克(89%)。 'HNMRCCDCIb, 400MHz) 1.42(s, 9H), 1.88(m, 1H), 2.15(m,1H),3·18(ηι,1H),3.37-3_44(m,2H),4.07(m,1H), 57 1300776 5.58(d,1H),8.40(d,1H),8.57(d,1H),8.68(s, 1H), 製備11 差二丁基__QS)_3_(獲工^基曱基胺基比咯烧小跆醯%Tributyl(3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (5 g, 27 mmol) added to a 2,6-dimethyl group in dichloromethane (150 mL). A solution of pyridine 10 (6.2 mL, 54 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to zero. (:, and a solution of 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (7.15 g, 27 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added slowly (TC) over 15 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours under nitrogen. Water (1 mL) was added, and then 2N aqueous hydrogen chloride was added to the aqueous layer to pH 2. Then, the 15 layers were separated and the aqueous layer was More dichloromethane (100 ml) was extracted. The organic layer was mixed, washed twice with water (1 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a gel, 10 g (89%) 'HNMRCCDCIb, 400MHz) 1.42(s, 9H), 1.88(m, 1H), 2.15(m,1H),3·18(ηι,1H),3.37-3_44(m,2H),4.07 (m,1H), 57 1300776 5.58(d,1H), 8.40(d,1H), 8.57(d,1H), 8.68(s, 1H), Preparation 11 di-dibutyl __QS)_3_(obtained ^ Base mercaptoamine group

20 環丁烷甲醇(0.2毫升,211毫莫耳)及其後之三苯基膦 (465毫克’ 2.3¾莫耳)於氮氣下添加至於四氫呋喃(4〇〇毫升) 内之製備10之化合物(0.8克,ι·92毫莫耳)之溶液。反應混合 物冷卻至0°C,且於四氫呋喃(15毫升)内之二異丙基偶氮二 羧酸酯(0·45毫升,2.3毫莫耳)之溶液以溫度保持低於3〇c而 滴入。反應混合物於0°C攪拌〇·5小時,然後,於室溫攪拌 18小時。四氮呋喃被蒸發,且殘質取至二氣曱烷(2〇毫升) 内。二乙基胺(0.53毫升,3.84毫莫耳)及巯基乙酸(〇16毫 升,2.3¾莫耳)被添加,且反應混合物於室溫攪拌2小時。 然後,以2N含水氣化氫清洗。含水層以2m氫氧化納驗化至 pH 11,且以乙酸乙酯後萃取三次。然後,有機相於真空濃 縮提供標的化合物(151毫克,31%)。 ^NMRCCDCls, 400MHz) (5: 1.44(s, 9H), 1.65(m, 3H), 1.87(m,2H),2.05(m,3H),2.45(m,1H),2.62(d,1H),3.05(m, 1H),3.28-3.51(m,5H)。 另外方法 58 1300776 硼烷四氫呋喃錯合物(1M,於四氫呋喃,100毫升,100 毫莫耳)於氮氣下添加至於無水四氳呋喃(100毫升)中之製 備27之化合物(9克,33·54毫莫耳)之溶液。反應混合物迴流 2小時。反應混合物冷卻至室溫,以甲醇驟冷且於真空濃 5 縮。殘質以甲醇共沸,然後,再次溶於甲醇(200毫升),於 迴流下加熱18小時,然後,於真空濃縮。藉由於矽石凝膠 上之色譜分析術以二氯甲烷:曱醇0.88氨(95:5:0.5,以體積 計)洗提純化此殘質,提供呈凝膠之標的化合物(7.67克, 90%)。 10 iHNMR(10MHz,CD3OD) (5 : 1.44(s,9Η), 1·70(ιη,3Η), 1.90(m,2Η),2.08(m,3Η),2·47(ιη,1Η),2.62(m,2Η),3.06(m, 1H),3.27(m,2H),3.45(m,1H),3.54(m,1H) MS APC1 m/z 255[MH]+ 製備12 15 第三丁基(35)各[環丁基甲基(2,3-二氣-茉甲醯基)胺某1咄 咯烷-1-羧酸酯20 cyclobutane methanol (0.2 ml, 211 mmol) followed by triphenylphosphine (465 mg ' 2.33⁄4 mol) added to tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) of compound 10 (under nitrogen) A solution of 0.8 g, ι·92 mmol. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C, and a solution of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0. 45 mL, 2.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was kept at a temperature below 3 〇c. In. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 5 hours and then at room temperature for 18 hours. Tetranitrofuran was evaporated and the residue was taken up in dioxane (2 mL). Diethylamine (0.53 ml, 3.84 mmol) and thioglycolic acid (16 ml, 2.33⁄4 mol) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, it was washed with 2N aqueous hydrogenated hydrogen. The aqueous layer was assayed to pH 11 with 2 m sodium hydroxide and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was then concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (151 mg, 31%). ^NMRCCDCls, 400MHz) (5: 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.65 (m, 3H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 3H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.62 (d, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.51 (m, 5H). Method 58 1300776 borane tetrahydrofuran complex (1M in tetrahydrofuran, 100 mL, 100 mmol) was added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran under nitrogen ( A solution of the compound of Preparation 27 (9 g, 33.54 mmol) was taken in 100 mL. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched with methanol and concentrated in vacuo. The methanol was azeotroped, then redissolved in methanol (200 mL) and heated under reflux for 18 hours then concentrated in vacuo. Chromatography on a vermiculite gel with dichloromethane: decyl alcohol 0.88 ammonia (95 :5:0.5, by volume), the residue was purified by elution to give the title compound (7.67 g, 90%) as a gel. 10 iHNMR (10 MHz, CD3OD) (5: 1.44 (s, 9 Η), 1· 70 (ιη, 3Η), 1.90 (m, 2Η), 2.08 (m, 3Η), 2·47 (ιη, 1Η), 2.62 (m, 2Η), 3.06 (m, 1H), 3.27 (m, 2H) , 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 1H) MS APC1 m/z 255 [MH] + system 12 15 tert-butyl (35) each [cyclobutylmethyl (2,3-gas - Mo acyl methyl) amine in a 1 duh pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

第三丁基(3S)冬[環丁基甲基(2,3-二氣-笨甲醯基)胺基] 吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法使用製The third butyl (3S) winter [cyclobutylmethyl (2,3-dioxa-o-methane)amino]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is produced by a method similar to that described in Preparation 2.

59 1300776 備11之胺及2,3-二氣苯曱醯基氣製備產生所欲產物,94毫克 (37%)。 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 427 [MH]+ 製備13 第三丁基(3S)-3-(環丙基甲基胺基)吡咯烷-1-锩g參酯59 1300776 Prepare the desired product, 94 mg (37%) of the amine of the 11 and the 2,3-dibenzophenone. LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 427 [MH]+ Preparation 13 tert-butyl(3S)-3-(cyclopropylmethylamino)pyrrolidine-1-indole ginyl ester

第三丁基(3S)-3-(環丙基曱基胺基)吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係 藉由與製備1所述者相似之方法使用第三丁基(3S)_3-胺基 吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯及環丙烷甲醛製備,但粗製產物係藉由色 10 譜分析術於矽石凝膠上以溶劑梯度之二氣甲烷改變至二氣 甲烷:甲醇:0.88氨(90:10:1,以體積計)洗提而純化,產生標 的化合物,5·2克(81%)。 'HNMRCCDCls, 400ΜΗζ) ά : 0.15(m, 2H), 0.48(m, 2H), 0·97(ιη,1H),1.43(s,9H),1.75(m,1H),2.05(m, 1H),2.50(d, 15 2H),3.10(m,1H),3.47(m,2H),3.50(m,2H) MS APC1+ m/z 241 [MH]+ 製備14 第三丁基(3S)-3彳四氫-2H-吡喃-4-基胺基)吡咯烷小^^ 60 1300776The third butyl (3S)-3-(cyclopropyldecylamino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is a third butyl (3S)-3-amine by a method similar to that described in Preparation 1. Preparation of pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate and cyclopropanecarbaldehyde, but the crude product was changed by a color spectrum analysis on a vermiculite gel with a solvent gradient of di-methane to methane: methanol: 0.88 ammonia ( Purification by elution at 90:10:1 by volume gave the title compound, 5.2 g (81%). 'HNMRCCDCls, 400ΜΗζ) ά : 0.15(m, 2H), 0.48(m, 2H), 0·97(ιη,1H), 1.43(s,9H), 1.75(m,1H),2.05(m, 1H) , 2.50 (d, 15 2H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H) MS APC1+ m/z 241 [MH]+ Preparation 14 Third butyl (3S)-3彳tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)pyrrolidine small ^^ 60 1300776

第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯添加至於乙醇内 之四氫-4H-吡喃-4-酮及10%Pd/C(300毫克)之溶液,且反應 混合物留置於約415 kPa(約60 pis)氫氣下18小時。反應混合 5 物經由Arbocel®過濾,以乙酸乙酯充份清洗。過滤物於真 空濃縮,且粗製產物藉由管柱色譜術於矽石凝膠純化,產 生所欲產物,6.7克(61%)。 ^NMR^DCls, 400MHz) 5: 1.39(m9 2H), 1.46(s, 9H), 1.67(m,1H),1.82(m,2H),2.07(m,1H),2.72(m,1H), 10 3.02(brm,1H),3.31-3.39(m,5H),3.59(brm, 1H),3.96(m, 2H) MS S+ m/z 271 [MH]+ 製備15 第三丁基(3SV3-K2,3-二氣笨甲醯基)(四氫-2H-吡喃-4-基) 15 胺基1吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯 61 1300776a solution of tetrabutyl(3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate added to tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one in ethanol and 10% Pd/C (300 mg), and The reaction mixture was left under about 415 kPa (about 60 pis) of hydrogen for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Arbocel® and washed thoroughly with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the crude material was purified by column chromatography eluting with silica gel to yield desired product, 6.7 g (61%). ^NMR^DCls, 400MHz) 5: 1.39 (m9 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 2.07 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 10 3.02(brm,1H),3.31-3.39(m,5H),3.59(brm, 1H),3.96(m, 2H) MS S+ m/z 271 [MH]+ Preparation 15 Third butyl (3SV3-K2 , 3-dioxabenzoyl) (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl) 15 Aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate 61 1300776

第二丁基(3S)冬[Ο二氯苯甲醯基)(四氫·:2Η-口比喃-4-基)胺基]17比洛烧-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方 法(使用Ν-甲基嗎琳作為鹼)自製備μ之胺及2,3-二氣苯甲 5 醯氣製備,產生所欲產物,200毫克(31%)。 'HNMRCCDsOD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.43-1.47(d, 9H), 1.58(m, 1·5Η),1.76(m,0.5H),1.94(m,2H),1H),2.76(m, 0.5H),2.98(m,0.5H),3.13(m,2H),3·4-3·58(ιη,4H),3.69(m, 0.5H),3.9(m,2.5H),4.04(m,0·5Η),4.2(m,0.5H),7.29(d, 10 1H),7.43(t,1H),7.62(d,1H)旋轉異構物。 MS APC1+ m/z 443 [MH]+及343[MH-Boc]+ 製備16 第三丁基(3SV3-K2-氯笨曱醯基)(環成某)胺基1吡咯烷-l-羧 酸酉旨Second butyl (3S) winter [Ο dichlorobenzhydryl) (tetrahydro-: 2 Η-pyran-4-yl)amino]17 piroxicam-1-carboxylate by and preparation 2 The method similar to the above (using Ν-methylmorphine as a base) was prepared from the preparation of μ amine and 2,3-dibenzobenzene 5 oxime to give the desired product, 200 mg (31%). 'HNMRCCDsOD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.43-1.47(d, 9H), 1.58(m, 1·5Η), 1.76(m,0.5H), 1.94(m,2H),1H), 2.76(m, 0.5H) , 2.98 (m, 0.5H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3·4-3·58 (ιη, 4H), 3.69 (m, 0.5H), 3.9 (m, 2.5H), 4.04 (m, 0) · 5 Η), 4.2 (m, 0.5H), 7.29 (d, 10 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H) rotamer. MS APC1+ m/z 443 [MH]+ and 343 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 16 tert-butyl (3SV3-K2-chloro adenyl) (cyclo-) amino 1 pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid Decree

62 15 1300776 第三丁基(3S)-3-[(2-氯苯甲醯基)(環戊基)胺基]π比咯烷 -1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法(使用甲苯作為 溶劑,Ν-曱基嗎啉作為鹼,且使反應混合物於6(rc加熱18 小時)使用製備1之胺及2-氯苯曱醯基氯製備,產生所欲產 5 物,1.16克(75%)。 WNMI^ChOD,400MHz,旋轉異構物)5 : 1.42-1.47(d, 11H),1.62(m,1H),1.71(m,3H),1.89(m,1H),1.99(m,1H), 2·13(ιη,1H),2.33(m,0·5Η),2.77(m,1H),3.07(m,0·5Η), 3.46(m,1H),3.60(m,0.5H),3.70(m,1H),3.78(m,1H), 10 3.90(m,0.5H),4.04(m,1H),7.30(m,1H),7.41(m,2H), 7.48(m,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 393[MH]+及m/z 293 [MH-Boc]+ 製備17 第三丁基(3SV3-K2-氣笨甲醯基)(環己基)胺基1吡咯烷-l-羧 15 酸酯62 15 1300776 tert-butyl (3S)-3-[(2-chlorobenzylidene)(cyclopentyl)amino]π-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate by the preparation described in A similar method (using toluene as a solvent, hydrazine-hydrazinomorpholine as a base, and the reaction mixture was prepared at 6 (rc heating for 18 hours) using the amine of Preparation 1 and 2-chlorophenylhydrazinyl chloride to produce the desired product. 5, 1.16 g (75%). WNMI^ChOD, 400 MHz, rotamer) 5: 1.42-1.47 (d, 11H), 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.71 (m, 3H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 2·13 (ιη, 1H), 2.33 (m, 0·5Η), 2.77 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 0·5Η), 3.46 (m, 1H) , 3.60 (m, 0.5H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 10 3.90 (m, 0.5H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.48(m,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 393[MH]+ and m/z 293 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 17 Third butyl (3SV3-K2-acetomethyl) (cyclohexyl) Amino 1 pyrrolidine-l-carboxyl 15 acid ester

第三丁基(3S)-3-[(2-氯苯甲醯基)(環己基)胺基]吡咯烷 -1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法(使用甲苯作為 溶劑,N-曱基嗎啉作為鹼,且使反應混合物於60°C加熱18 63 1300776 小時)使用製備4之胺及2-氯苯曱醯氯製備,產生所欲產物, 1.09克(72%)。 b^nVIRCCDsOD,400MHz,旋轉異構物: 〇 97(m,1Η), 1.09(m,1Η),1.43-1.47(d,9Η),1·55-1·87(ιη,8Η),2.07(m, 5 1H),2 76(m,1H),3.16(m,1H),3.39(m,1H),3.54(m,1H), 3·68(χη,1H),3.88(m,1H),4.146(m,1H),7.30(d,1H),7.41(m, 2H),7.48(m,1H) LCMS APC1+ m/z 407[MH]+及m/z 307 [MH-Boc]+ 製備18 弟士工基(3 S)-3 -(環庚基胺基Vth p各烧-1 -藉酸酷Tert-butyl (3S)-3-[(2-chlorobenzylidenyl)(cyclohexyl)amino]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate by a method similar to that described in Preparation 2 (using toluene) As a solvent, N-mercaptomorpholine was used as a base, and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 ° C for 18 63 1300 776 hours) using the amine of Preparation 4 and 2-chlorophenyl hydrazine chloride to give the desired product, 1.09 g (72 %). b^nVIRCCDsOD, 400MHz, rotamer: 〇97(m,1Η), 1.09(m,1Η), 1.43-1.47(d,9Η),1·55-1·87(ιη,8Η),2.07( m, 5 1H), 2 76 (m, 1H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3·68 (χη, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H) , 4.146(m,1H), 7.30(d,1H), 7.41(m, 2H), 7.48(m,1H) LCMS APC1+ m/z 407[MH]+ and m/z 307 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 18 士士工基(3 S)-3 -(cycloheptylamino Vth p each burning -1 - acid cool

第三丁基(3S)-3-(環庚基胺基)u比略烧-1-魏酸酯係藉由 與製備14所述者相似之方法使用第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡咯 烧-1-羧酸酯及環庚酮製備,產生所欲產物,4.54克(100%)。 'HNMRCCDaOD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.45(s, 12H), 1.57(m, 5H),ΐ·69(πι,3H),1.89(m,2H),2·12(ιη,1H),2.71(m,1H), 3.〇2(m,1H),3.26(m,1H),3.45(m,2H),3.59(m,1H) MS APCl+m/z 283[MH]+ 製備19 64 1300776 第三丁基(3SV3-K2-氣笨甲醯基)(環庚基)胺基1胺吡咯烷-1- 羧酸酯The third butyl (3S)-3-(cycloheptylamino)u ratio is slightly calcined with the 1-weiler ester. The third butyl (3S)-3- is used by a method similar to that described in Preparation 14. Preparation of the aminopyrrole-1-carboxylate and cycloheptanone gave the desired product, 4.54 g (100%). 'HNMRCCDaOD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.45(s, 12H), 1.57(m, 5H), ΐ·69(πι, 3H), 1.89(m, 2H), 2·12(ιη, 1H), 2.71(m, 1H), 3.〇2(m,1H), 3.26(m,1H), 3.45(m,2H),3.59(m,1H) MS APCl+m/z 283[MH]+ Preparation 19 64 1300776 Third Butyl (3SV3-K2-acetomethyl) (cycloheptyl)amino 1 -pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

第三丁基(3S)-3-[(2-氯苯曱醯基)(環庚基)胺基]胺吡咯 烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法(使用曱苯作 為溶劑,N-甲基嗎啉作為鹼,且使反應混合物於60°C加熱 18小時)使用製備18之胺及2-氯苯甲醯氯製備,產生所欲產 物,1.27克(90%)。 MS APC1+ m/z 421[MH]+及m/z 321 [MH-Boc]+ 第三丁基(3SV3-丨環庚基『2-(三氟甲基)笨曱醯基1胺基丨吡咯 烷-1-羧酸酯The third butyl (3S)-3-[(2-chlorophenylindenyl)(cycloheptyl)amino]aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is by a method similar to that described in Preparation 2 ( Using decene as a solvent, N-methylmorpholine as a base, and heating the reaction mixture at 60 ° C for 18 hours) using the amine of Preparation 18 and 2-chlorobenzhydrin chloride to give the desired product, 1.27 g ( 90%). MS APC1+ m/z 421 [MH]+ and m/z 321 [MH-Boc]+ tert-butyl (3SV3-indolecycloheptyl "2-(trifluoromethyl)) adenyl 1 aminopyrrole Alkane-1-carboxylate

h3c 第三丁基-(3S)-3-{環庚基[2-(三氟甲基)苯曱醯基]胺基} 65 1300776 吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法(使用曱 苯作為溶劑,N-甲基嗎啉作為鹼,且使反應混合物於6〇〇c 加熱18小時)使用製備18之胺及2_(三氟曱基)苯甲醯氣製 備’產生所欲產物,910毫克(57%)。 MS APC1+ m/z 455[MH]+^m/z 355 [MH-Boc]+ 製備21 是土 丁基(3S)-3]環己基二氟甲某)苯甲醯基1胺基p比咯 炫-1-觀酸酷H3c tert-butyl-(3S)-3-{cycloheptyl[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylindenyl]amino} 65 1300776 pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate by preparation with 2 A similar method (using benzene as a solvent, N-methylmorpholine as a base, and heating the reaction mixture at 6 ° C for 18 hours) using the amine of Preparation 18 and 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide Gas preparation 'produces the desired product, 910 mg (57%). MS APC1+ m/z 455 [MH]+^m/z 355 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 21 is butyl butyl (3S)-3]cyclohexyldifluoromethyl)benzimidyl 1amine p Hyun-1-acid cool

第三丁基-(3S)-3-{環己基〇(三氟甲基)苯甲醯基]胺基} 各烧-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法(使用甲 笨作為溶劑,N-甲基嗎啉作為鹼,且使反應混合物於6〇°C 加熱18小時)使用製備4之胺及2-(三氟甲基)苯甲醯氯製 備,產生所欲產物,860毫克(52%)。 MS APC1+ m/z 441[MH]+及m/z 341 [MH-Boc]+ 製備22 差丨環戊基『2-(三氟甲某)茉甲醯基1胺基丨吡咯 烷-1-羧酸酯 66 1300776Tert-butyl-(3S)-3-{cyclohexylindole (trifluoromethyl)benzylidene]amino} each of the 1-carboxylic acid esters is a method similar to that described in Preparation 2 ( Using methyl bromide as a solvent, N-methylmorpholine as a base, and heating the reaction mixture at 6 ° C for 18 hours) using the amine of Preparation 4 and 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzhydrin chloride, For product, 860 mg (52%). MS APC1+ m/z 441 [MH]+ and m/z 341 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 22 丨 丨 戊 『 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- 2- Carboxylic ester 66 1300776

第三丁基-(3S)-3-{環戊基[2-(三氟甲基)苯曱醯基]胺基} 吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之方法(使用曱 苯作為溶劑,N-甲基嗎啉作為鹼,且使反應混合物於6〇°c 5 加熱18小時)使用製備1之胺及2-(三氟曱基)苯甲醯氯製 備,產生所欲產物,910毫克(54%)。 'HNMRCCDCls, 400MHz,旋轉異構物)5: 1.43-1.47(brd,11H),1.55(m,2H),1.65(m,1H),1.76(m,2H), 1.99(m,2H),2.35(m,0·5Η),2.89(m,0.5H),3.05(m,0·5Η), 10 3.19(m,0·5Η),3.39(m,1H),3.57(m,1H), 3.69(m,2H), 3·96(πι,1H),7·24(πι,1H),7.50(m,1H),7.57(m,1H),7.69(d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 427[MH]+及m/z 327 [MH-Boc]+ 製備23 15 第三丁基(3SV3-mi-甲基環基)羰基1胺基丨咄咯烷-1-#醢 67 1300776Tert-butyl-(3S)-3-{cyclopentyl[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylhydrazinyl]amino}pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is similar to that described in Preparation 2. The method (using benzene as a solvent, N-methylmorpholine as a base, and heating the reaction mixture at 6 ° C for 18 hours) using the amine of Preparation 1 and 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzhydrazide chloride Prepared to give the desired product, 910 mg (54%). 'HNMRCCDCls, 400MHz, rotamer) 5: 1.43-1.47 (brd, 11H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.76 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m,0·5Η), 2.89 (m, 0.5H), 3.05 (m, 0·5Η), 10 3.19 (m, 0·5Η), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 3·96 (πι, 1H), 7·24 (πι, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.69 (d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 427 [MH]+ and m/z 327 [MH-Boc]+ Preparation 23 15 Third butyl (3SV3-mi-methylcyclo)carbonyl 1 Aminopyrrolidine-1-#醢67 1300776

1-曱基環丙烷羧酸(2·96克,29.54毫莫耳)於室溫時添加 至於二氣甲烷(135毫升)内之第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡^各燒 -1-羧酸酯(5克,26·85毫莫耳)之溶液。然後,添加三乙基胺 5 (9.4毫升,67.13毫莫耳)。反應冷卻至〇°C,且添加2,4,6 ^ 丙基-1,3,5,2,4,6-三。惡三膦烧2,4,6-三氧化物(50%,於乙酸乙 酯内,17.4毫升,29.54毫莫耳)。混合物於室溫攪拌丨小時, 然後,於減壓下濃縮。殘質於二氯曱烷(100毫升)稀釋,並 添加20%含水破酸钟溶液(80毫升)。混合物於室溫搜拌18小 10 時,且層被分離。有機層以20%碳酸鉀溶液(50毫升)、鹽水 (80毫升)清洗’於硫酸鎂乾燥,於真空濃縮,且與二乙基_ 共沸而提供呈白色固體之標的化合物(6.815克,95%)。 ^NMRCCDCla, 400MHz) 5 : 0.52-0.54(m9 2H), 1.16-L19(m,2H),1.29(s,3H),1.45(s,9H),1.81(brs,1H), 15 2.14(m,1H),3.14(brs,1H),3.42(brs,2H),3.64(m,1H), 4.44(m,1H),5.73(brs,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 269[MH]+ _製備24 m棊(3s)-3-{「(u基環丙基)甲某i胺基丨P比洛烧小緩 68 1300776 酸酯1-Mercaptocyclopropanecarboxylic acid (2·96 g, 29.54 mmol) was added to the third butyl (3S)-3-aminopyrazine in di-methane (135 mL) at room temperature. A solution of 1-carboxylic acid ester (5 g, 26.85 mmol). Then, triethylamine 5 (9.4 ml, 67.13 mmol) was added. The reaction was cooled to 〇 ° C and 2,4,6 propyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-tri was added. Ethylene triphosphonate was calcined with 2,4,6-trioxide (50% in ethyl acetate, 17.4 ml, 29.54 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for a few hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted in dichloromethane (100 mL), and a 20% aqueous acid-bromine solution (80 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. %). ^NMRCCDCla, 400MHz) 5 : 0.52-0.54(m9 2H), 1.16-L19(m,2H), 1.29(s,3H), 1.45(s,9H),1.81(brs,1H), 15 2.14(m, 1H), 3.14 (brs, 1H), 3.42 (brs, 2H), 3.64 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 5.73 (brs, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 269[MH]+ _Preparation of 24 m 棊(3s)-3-{"(u-cyclopropyl)methyl-i-amino hydrazine P is less than calcined 68 1300776 acid ester

棚烧(1M ’於四氫吱仙,75毫升,%毫莫耳)於氮氣 下緩慢添加至於四氫呋喃(75毫升)内之製備23之化合物 5 (6.815克’ 25.39宅莫耳)之溶液。混合物於迴流加熱2小時, 然後,於室溫攪拌18小時。小。添加甲_使反應混合物 驟冷,然後,混合物於真空濃縮。殘質取至甲醇(12〇毫升) 内,且於迴流加熱3小時。然後,添加含水之氯化銨,且反 應混合物於迴流加熱4小時。然後,反應於真空濃縮,殘質 10 於乙®文乙®曰及1N含水NaOH間分配,含水相以乙酸乙_萃取 一次,且匯集之有機相於硫酸鎮乾燥,過渡並於減壓下濃 縮。粗製產物藉由管柱色譜術於矽石凝膠上以乙酸乙酯:戊 炫(20:80至30:70)洗提而純化,產生呈白色固體之標的產物 (3.85克,60%)。 15 ^NMRCCDbOD, 400ΜΗζ) δ : 〇.55-〇.58(m, 2H), 〇.62-0.64(m,2H),1.22(s,3H),1.46(s,9H),2.08(m,1H), 2.36(m,1H),2.94(q,2H),3.36-3.41(m,2H),3.56(m,1H), 3.74-3.86(m, 2H) 0 MS APC1+ m/z 255[MH]+ 製備25 69 1300776 •^Χ^(35)-3-{(2,3-二氧苯甲醯基)丨(1_甲甚埤丐芊)甲肀1 如基丨p比哈烧-1 -幾酸酉旨A shed (1 M 'in tetrahydrofuran, 75 ml, % mmol) was slowly added to a solution of compound 23 (6.815 g &apos; 25.39 house Moule) of Preparation 23 in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) under nitrogen. The mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours and then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. small. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of MeOH and then the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in methanol (12 mL) and heated at reflux for 3 h. Then, aqueous ammonium chloride was added, and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours. Then, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo, residue 10 was partitioned between EtOAc &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt; . The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc) 15 ^ NMR CCDbOD, 400 ΜΗζ) δ : 〇.55-〇.58 (m, 2H), 〇.62-0.64 (m, 2H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.36(m,1H), 2.94(q,2H), 3.36-3.41(m,2H),3.56(m,1H), 3.74-3.86(m, 2H) 0 MS APC1+ m/z 255[MH ]+ Preparation 25 69 1300776 •^Χ^(35)-3-{(2,3-Dioxybenzhydryl)丨(1_甲埤丐芊埤丐芊)甲肀1 If the base is p than Haha- 1 - a few acid

弟二丁基(3S)-3-{(2,3-二氣苯曱醯基)[(^曱基環丙基) 5曱基]胺基}吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備2所述者相似之 方法使用製備24之胺及2,3-二氯苯曱醯氯製備,產生所欲產 物(448毫克,85%)。 1HNMR (DMSO-D6, 400MHz,旋轉異構物) 占:〇·15-0·18(ιη,1·5Η),0·26-0·31(ιη,1.5H),0.42(m, 0.5H), 10 〇.53(m,1H),0.88(d,2H),1.07(s,1.5H),1.33(s,4H),1.39(s,Dibutyl (3S)-3-{(2,3-dioxaphenyl)[(^-decylcyclopropyl)-5-yl]amino}pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Prepared in a similar manner to that described in Preparation 2 using the amine of Preparation 24 and 2,3-dichlorobenzoquinone chloride to give the desired product (448 mg, 85%). 1H NMR (DMSO-D6, 400MHz, rotamer): 〇·15-0·18(ιη,1·5Η), 0·26-0·31(ιη, 1.5H), 0.42 (m, 0.5H) ), 10 〇.53(m,1H), 0.88(d,2H), 1.07(s,1.5H), 1.33(s,4H), 1.39(s,

5H),2.05(m,1H),2.55(m,0.5H),2.88(m,0.5H),2.96(m, 0.5H), 3.10-3.22(m, 2H), 3.31(m, 1H), 3.49-3.56(mv 1.5H), 3.65(m,0.5H),4.23(m,0·5Η),7.35(m, 1H),7.42(m,1H), 7.66(m,1H)。 15 MS APC1+ m/z 427 [MH]+ 製備26 篦三丁基(3SV3-K3-氮-2-甲基茉曱醯基甲基環丙基)甲 基1胺基丨吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯 70 13007765H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 0.5H), 2.88 (m, 0.5H), 2.96 (m, 0.5H), 3.10-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.56 (mv 1.5H), 3.65 (m, 0.5H), 4.23 (m, 0·5 Η), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H). 15 MS APC1+ m/z 427 [MH]+ Preparation 26 篦 Tributyl (3SV3-K3-Nitro-2-methyl jasmonylmethylcyclopropyl)methyl 1 Aminopyrrolidin-1-carboxylate Acid ester 70 1300776

苐二丁基(3S)-3-{(3-氯-2-甲基苯曱酸基)[(l甲基環丙 基)甲基]胺基Kb咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備3所述者相似 之方法使用製備24之胺及3-氯-2-甲基苯曱酸製備,產生所 5 欲產物(300毫克,60%)。 WNMR (DMSO-D6, 400MHz,旋轉異構物)(5:〇18(m, 1H),0·24-0·32(ιη,2H),0.51(m,1H),0.83(s,2H),l.〇6(s,1H), 1.32(s,4H),1.39(s,5H),1.85(m,0.5H),2.04(m,1H),2.18(s, 2H),2.22(s,1H),2.56(m,1H),2.95(m,1H),3.09(m, 1H), 10 3.18-3.22(m,2H),3.48-3.55(m,1.5H),3.66(m,0.5H),4.22(m, 0.5H),7.15(m,1H),7.26(t,1H),7.45(d,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 407 [MH]+ 製備27 第三丁基(3SV3-f(環丁基羰基)胺基i吡咯烷-l-羧酸酯Indole dibutyl (3S)-3-{(3-chloro-2-methylbenzoate)[(lmethylcyclopropyl)methyl]amino Kb-rrolidine-1-carboxylate Prepared using the amine of Preparation 24 and 3-chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid in a similar manner to that described in Preparation 3 to give the desired product (300 mg, 60%). WNMR (DMSO-D6, 400MHz, rotamer) (5: 〇18(m, 1H), 0·24-0·32 (ιη, 2H), 0.51 (m, 1H), 0.83 (s, 2H) , l.〇6(s,1H), 1.32(s,4H), 1.39(s,5H),1.85(m,0.5H),2.04(m,1H),2.18(s, 2H), 2.22(s , 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 10 3.18-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.55 (m, 1.5H), 3.66 (m, 0.5) H), 4.22 (m, 0.5H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 407 [MH]+ Preparation 27 Third butyl (3SV3) -f(cyclobutylcarbonyl)amino ipyrrolidine-l-carboxylate

71 15 1300776 環丁烷羰基氯(9克,76毫莫耳)於室溫且於氮氣下添加 至於二氯甲烷(385毫升)内之三乙基(12.5毫升,89.7毫莫耳) 及第三丁基(3S)-3-胺基吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯(12.87克,69毫莫 耳)之溶液。於室溫攪拌18小時後,反應混合物以水清洗, 於硫酸鎂乾燥並於真空濃縮,產生呈淡棕色玻璃之標的產 物,(17.4克,94%)。 hNMRGOOMHz,CDC13)5 : 1.45(S,9H),1.75-2.00(m, 3h),2.07-2.30(m,5H),2.95(m,1H),3.15(m,1H),3.40(m, 2H),3.60(m,1H),4.44(m,1H),5.40(brs,1H) 10 製備28 盖環丁基甲基)三氟甲某、笨甲醯基·|胺71 15 1300776 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride (9 g, 76 mmol) added to a solution of triethyl (12.5 mL, 89.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (385 mL) A solution of butyl (3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (12.87 g, 69 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ hNMRGOOMHz, CDC13)5: 1.45 (S, 9H), 1.75-2.00 (m, 3h), 2.07-2.30 (m, 5H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 2H) ), 3.60 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 5.40 (brs, 1H) 10 Preparation 28 capping butylmethyl) trifluoromethyl, benzoyl hydrazino

Ν」 0=ζ H3C—^ch3 ch3 於甲本(咖升)内之第三丁基(3s)_3_[(環丁基甲基)胺 基Μ魏錢酸_·8〇克,3 ls毫莫耳)以2_(三敦甲基)苯 甲δώ氣(0.55$升,3.78Φ莫耳)及三乙基胺(G88毫升,63 毫莫耳)處理。溶液於室溫_18小時,且溶劑於減壓下移 除。粗製產物藉由管柱色譜術料石凝膠上使用梯度之戊 72 15 1300776 烷:乙酸乙酯(4:1,以體積計)愛變至戊烷:乙酸乙酯(1:1,以 體積計)而純化,提供呈無色之標的化合物(1·40克,粗製), 其直接被用於下一步驟)。 MS APC1+ m/z [ΜΗ]+,371 {ΜΗ·異 丁稀广 5 327[MH-BOC]+ 實施例1 2,3-二氣-N-環戊基吡咯烷-3-基1茉甲醢脸半.7‘- 石黃酸酉旨Ν” 0=ζ H3C—^ch3 ch3 The third butyl (3s)_3_[(cyclobutylmethyl)amine-based weiwei acid _·8 gram in a jiaben (ca liter), 3 ls millimol It was treated with 2_(Sandunmethyl)benzene δ helium (0.55 liter, 3.78 Φ molar) and triethylamine (G 88 mL, 63 mM). The solution was allowed to stand at room temperature for 18 hours, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was converted to pentane: ethyl acetate (1:1 by volume) using a gradient of pentane 72 15 1300776 alkane: ethyl acetate (4:1 by volume) on a column chromatography gel. Purified to provide a colorless compound (1.40 g, crude) which was used directly in the next step. MS APC1+ m/z [ΜΗ]+,371 {ΜΗ·isobutyl dilute 5 327 [MH-BOC]+ Example 1 2,3-di-gas-N-cyclopentylpyrrolidin-3-yl 1 mo醢面半.7'- taraxanthin

10 製備2之以Boc保護產物(46克,107毫莫耳)於氮氣下溶 於二氣甲烷(85毫升),且反應混合物以於〇°C時滴入之三氣 乙酸(85毫升,1莫耳)處理。然後,反應混合物於室溫攪拌4 小時,於減壓下蒸發,與甲苯共沸兩次,且於真空濃縮。 殘質被取至二氣甲烧(400毫升)内,且以1M含水氫氧化納 15 (2〇〇毫升)清洗。有機相被分離,於硫酸鎂乾燥,並於真空 濃縮。殘質與乙酸乙酯(10x)共沸,然後於真空下乾燥,產 生呈凝膠之標的化合物之游離鹼,34克(97%)。於異丙醇 (4〇〇毫升)内之一部份此化合物(24克,70毫莫耳)以於異丙 醇(70毫升)内之乙烷-二磺酸水合物(6.65克,35毫莫耳)之溶 20 液處理。溶劑於真空移除,且殘質以乙酸乙酯共沸,提供 73 1300776 灰棕色發泡體,其自異丙醇/二異丙基醚結晶產生灰白色固 體(23.3克)。固體自異丙醇/曱醇(700毫升之異丙醇及用以達 成溶解性所需之最小量甲醇)再結晶,且於高度真空下乾 燥,提供呈白色固體之標的化合物(13.94克)。 5 !HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5 :1.40-1.74(m, 7H), 1.92(m, 1H),2.52(m,2H),3.24(s,2H),3.30(m,1H),3.56(m,1H), 3.78(m,3H),4.33(m,1H),7.35(dd,1H),7.42(t,1H),7.63(d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 327 [MH+] LC=MS ELSD m/z 327 100% 0 微分析:發現C,47.37; H,5.59; N,6.47。C16H20Cl2N2O· 〇.5C2H606S2. 0·5Η2Ο需要C,47·34; H,5.61; N,6.49%。 實施例2 1二氯-N-環戍基-4-氟-N-「(3SV吡咯烷-3-某1茉甲醯胺氫 氣化物10 Preparation of Boc-protected product (46 g, 107 mmol) dissolved in di-methane (85 mL) under nitrogen, and the reaction mixture was added dropwise tri-acetic acid (85 ml, 1 at 〇 ° C) Moore) processing. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hrs, then evaporated, evaporated. The residue was taken up in a methane (400 ml) and washed with 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide 15 (2 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was azeotroped with ethyl acetate (10x) then dried in vacuo to yield the title compound as the title compound, One part of this compound (24 g, 70 mmol) in isopropanol (4 mL) in isopropyl-disulfonic acid hydrate (6.65 g, 35) 20 ml solution of millimolar. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken from ethyl acetate to afforded EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc: The solid was recrystallized from isopropanol / decyl alcohol (700 ml of isopropyl alcohol and the minimum amount of methanol required to afford solubility) and dried under high vacuum to afford compound (13.94 g) as a white solid. 5 !HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5: 1.40-1.74 (m, 7H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 3.24 (s, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.56 ( m,1H), 3.78(m,3H), 4.33(m,1H),7.35(dd,1H), 7.42(t,1H), 7.63(d, 1H) MS APC1+ m/z 327 [MH+] LC= MS ELSD m/z 327 100% 0 microanalysis: found C, 47.37; H, 5.59; N, 6.47. C16H20Cl2N2O· 〇.5C2H606S2. 0·5Η2Ο requires C, 47·34; H, 5.61; N, 6.49%. Example 2 1 Dichloro-N-cyclononyl-4-fluoro-N-"(3SVpyrrolidin-3-one 1 meglumine hydrogenated product

氣化氫(4M,於1,4-二噁烷内,37毫升,148毫莫耳)添 加至於二氣甲烷(40毫升)内之製備3之產物(6.65克,14.93 毫莫耳)之溶液。於室溫攪拌18小時後,溶劑藉由於減壓下 蒸發而移除,產生固體,以醚研製產生標的產物(5.5克), 20 呈白色固體。 ]HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 :1.54(m, 4H), 1.73(m, 3H), 74 1300776 1.92(m,1H),2.52(m,2H),3.25(m,1H),3.52(m,1H),3.78(m, 3H),4.32(m,1H),7.37(m,2H) MS APC1+ m/z 345 [M]+ 實施例3 5 UN-環戊基-2-甲基-N-|~(3S)·^比洛烧-3-基甲醯胺氫氣 化物Hydrogenated hydrogen (4M in 1,4-dioxane, 37 mL, 148 mmol) was added to a product of Preparation 3 (6.65 g, 14.93 mmol) in di-methane (40 mL) . After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure to give a solid. HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.54 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m, 3H), 74 1300776 1.92 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 3H), 4.32 (m, 1H), 7.37 (m, 2H) MS APC1 + m/z 345 [M] + Example 3 5 UN-cyclopentyl-2-methyl-N- |~(3S)·^Biluo-3-ylcarboxamide hydrogenation

第三丁基(3S)-3-[環戊基(3-氣-2-曱基苯甲醯基)胺基] 吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備3所述者相似之方法使用製 10備1之胺及3-氣-2-甲基苯甲酸製備,產生標的產物,606毫 克(粗製)。 MS APC1+ m/z 407 [MH]+ 3-氯-N-環戊基-2-甲基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷冬基]苯曱醯胺 氫氯化物係自前述化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之方 15 法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,199毫克(47%)。 !HNMR (CD3OD9 400MHz)5 :1.44-1.60(m, 4H), 1.79(m, 4H),2.33(d,3H),2·44-2·54(πι,2H),3.24(m,1H),3.54(m, 1H),3.72(m,1H),3.80(m,2H),4.31(m,1H),7.16(dd,1H), 7.28(t, 1H), 7.47(d, 1H) 20 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 307 [MH]+ 100% 75 1300776The third butyl (3S)-3-[cyclopentyl (3-oxa-2-mercaptobenzylidene)amino]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is similar to that described in Preparation 3. The procedure was prepared using mp. MS APC1+ m/z 407 [MH]+ 3-chloro-N-cyclopentyl-2-methyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidinyl]phenylhydrazine hydrochloride is derived from the aforementioned compound Prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 2 to give the product as a solid, 199 mg (47%). !HNMR (CD3OD9 400MHz) 5 : 1.44-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 2.33 (d, 3H), 2·44-2·54 (πι, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H) , 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H) 20 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 307 [MH]+ 100% 75 1300776

微分析:發現:C,58·25; H,7.20; N,7.92%。對 C17H23C1N20· Ηα·0·4Η2Ο計算:c,58.26; Η,7·13; N Ί.99%。 實施例4_ N-環戍基-3-氟-2-甲某-N-[Y3SV吡咯烷-3-篡 化物Microanalysis: found: C, 58·25; H, 7.20; N, 7.92%. Calculated for C17H23C1N20· Ηα·0·4Η2Ο: c, 58.26; Η, 7·13; N Ί.99%. Example 4_ N-cyclodecyl-3-fluoro-2-methyl-N-[Y3SVpyrrolidin-3-antimony

第三丁基(3S)-3-[(3-氟-2-甲基苯甲醯基)(環戊基)胺基] ϋ比洛烧-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備3所述者相似之方法使用製 10 備1之胺及3-氟-2-甲基苯曱酸製備,產生所欲產物,639毫 克(粗製)。 MS APC1+ m/z 391 [MH]+ N-%戊基-3 -氟-2-甲基-N-[(3S)·^比p各烧-3-基]苯甲醯胺 氫氯化物係自前述化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之方 15 法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,182毫克(46%)。 2HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5 :1.49-1.63(m, 4H), l.78(m, 4H),2.22(d,3H),2.49(m,2H),3.25(m,1H),3.55(m,1Η), 3.74(m,1H),3.87(m,2H),4.31(m,1H),7.03(dd,1H),7.14(t, 1H),7.31(q,1H) 20 MS APC1+ m/z 291 [MH]+ 76 1300776 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 291 [MH]+ 100% 微分析:發現:C,61.18; H,7·51; N,8.25%。對 C17H23FN20· HC1.0.39H2O計算:c,61·16; H,7.48; N, 8.39%。 實施例5 1:墓環戍基各氟-N-K3SV^咯烷-3-某1笨甲醯脸氣事,化Tert-butyl (3S)-3-[(3-fluoro-2-methylbenzylidene)(cyclopentyl)amino]debornrol-l-carboxylate by preparation with 3 A similar method was used to prepare the desired product, 639 mg (crude), using the amine 1 and 3-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid. MS APC1+ m/z 391 [MH]+ N-%-pentyl-3-fluoro-2-methyl-N-[(3S)·^ ratio p-s--3-yl]benzamide-hydrochloride Prepared from the above compound by a method similar to that described in Example 2 to give the product as a solid, 182 mg (46%). 2H NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5: 1.49-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.78 (m, 4H), 2.22 (d, 3H), 2.49 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.55 ( m,1Η), 3.74(m,1H),3.87(m,2H),4.31(m,1H),7.03(dd,1H),7.14(t, 1H),7.31(q,1H) 20 MS APC1+ m /z 291 [MH]+ 76 1300776 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 291 [MH]+ 100% microanalysis: found: C, 61.18; H,7·51; N, 8.25%. For C17H23FN20· HC1.0.39H2O Calculated: c, 61·16; H, 7.48; N, 8.39%. Example 5 1: Tomb-ring fluorenyl-fluoro-N-K3SV-rrolidine-3-one 1 scorpion scorpion face

第三丁基(3S)-3-[(2-氟-3-氟苯甲醯基)(環戊基)胺基]吡 10 11 各烧-1-竣酸酯係藉由與製備3所述者相似之方法使用製備1 之胺及2-氣-3-氟-苯曱酸製備,產生所欲產物。 2-氣-N-環戊基各敦-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺氫 氯化物係自前述化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之方法 製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,62毫克(15%)。 15 HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 :1.44-1.63(m, 4H), 1.73(m 3H),1.92(m,1H),2.52(m,2H),3.24(m,1H),3.58(m,1H), 3.80(m,3H),4.32(m,1H),7.19(dd,1H),7.35(t,1H),7.45(m, 1H)。 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 311 [MH]+ 100% 20 微分析:發現:C,53.68; H,6·30; N,7·7ΐ%。對 77 1300776 C16H2〇C1FN20· Ηα·0·6Η2Ο計算:C, 53·67; Η, 6.25; N, 7.82%。 實施例6 2,3-二氯-N-環己基-N-『(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1笨甲醯胺氫氯化 敷Tertiary butyl (3S)-3-[(2-fluoro-3-fluorobenzylidinyl)(cyclopentyl)amino]pyryl 10 11 each of the pyridin-1-decanoate was prepared by the preparation of A similar method is prepared using the amine of Preparation 1 and 2-ox-3-fluoro-benzoic acid to give the desired product. 2-Gas-N-cyclopentyldi-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide amine hydrochloride was prepared from the aforementioned compound by a method similar to that described in Example 2. The product was obtained as a solid, 62 mg (15%). 15 HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.44-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.73 (m 3H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H) ), 3.80 (m, 3H), 4.32 (m, 1H), 7.19 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H). LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 311 [MH] + 100% 20 microanalysis: found: C, 53.68; H, 6.30; N, 7. 7 %. Calculation for 77 1300776 C16H2〇C1FN20· Ηα·0·6Η2Ο: C, 53·67; Η, 6.25; N, 7.82%. Example 6 2,3-Dichloro-N-cyclohexyl-N-((3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1 benzoic acid hydrochloride hydrochlorination

2,3-二氯-N-環己基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺氫 氯化物係自製備5之化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之方 法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,3.95克(89%)。 ^NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ :1.02-1.10(m, 3H), 1.56-1.81(m,7H),2.46(m, 2H),3.13(m, 1H),3.25(m,1Η), 3.48(m,1H),3.73(m,1H),3.81(m,1H),4.45(m,1H),7.32(dd, 1H),7.43(t,1H),7.66(d,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 341 [MH]+ 實施例7 2-氮-N-環己基-3-氟-N-K3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1笨曱醯胺氫氣化 78 13007762,3-Dichloro-N-cyclohexyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide hydrochloride is a compound of Preparation 5 which is similar to that described in Example 2. The method was prepared to give the product as a solid, 3.95 g (yield: 89%). ^NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.02-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.81 (m, 7H), 2.46 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.25 (m, 1 Η), 3.48 ( m, 1H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 7.32 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 341 [MH]+ Example 7 Hydrogenation of 2-Nitro-N-cyclohexyl-3-fluoro-N-K3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1 acesulfame 78 1300776

2-氯-N-環己基-3-氟-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺氫 氯化物係自製備6之化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之方 法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,118毫克(88%)。 5 !HNMR (CD3OD,400MHz) 5 :0.99-1.12(m, 3H), 1.56-1.91(m,7H),2.47(m,2H),3.15-3.22(m,2H),3.50(m, 1H),3.71(m,1H),3.81(m,1H),4.45(m,1H),7.21(dd,1H), 7.37(t,1H),7.46(m,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 325 [MH]+ 10 微分析··發現:C,54.87; H,6.55; N,7.30%。對 C17H22C1FN20· HC1.0.6H2O計算:C,54·88; H,6.56; N, 7.53%。 實施例8 N-環己基-3-氟-2-甲基-N-K3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1笨曱醯胺氫氣 15 化物2-Chloro-N-cyclohexyl-3-fluoro-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide hydrochloride is a compound from Preparation 6 which is similar to that described in Example 2. Prepared by the method to give the product as a solid, 118 mg (88%). 5 !HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 0.99-1.12 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.91 (m, 7H), 2.47 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1H) , 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 325 [MH] + 10 NMR: Found: C, 54.87; H, 6.55; N, 7.30%. Calculated for C17H22C1FN20· HC1.0.6H2O: C, 54·88; H, 6.56; N, 7.53%. Example 8 N-cyclohexyl-3-fluoro-2-methyl-N-K3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1 cumamine hydrogen 15

79 1300776 N-環己基-3-氟-2-曱基-N-[(3S)-17比0各烧-3-基]苯甲酿胺 氫氣化物係自製備7之化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之 方法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,45毫克(85%)。 'HNMR (CD3OD,400MHz) 5 :0·99-1·17(ιη,3H), 5 1·54-1·77(ιη,7Η),2.20(d,3Η),2.47(m, 2Η),3.23(m,2Η), 3.48(m,1H),3.70(m,1H),3.81(m,1H),4.43(m,1H),7.03(dd, 1H), 7.16(t,1H),7.31(q,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 305 [MH]+LCMS ELSD m/z 305 [MH]+ 100% 10 微分析:發現·· C,60·87; H,7·80; N,7.59%。對 C18H25FN20· HC1.0.79H2O計算:C,60.88; H,7.83; N, 7.89%。 實施例9 2,3-二氣-N-環丁基-N-『(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1茉甲醯脸氣事仆 1579 1300776 N-cyclohexyl-3-fluoro-2-indenyl-N-[(3S)-17 to 0 benzyl-3-yl]benzamide amines from the compound of Preparation 7 by way of Examples 2 The same procedure was used to produce the product as a solid, 45 mg (85%). 'HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5:0·99-1·17(ιη,3H), 5 1·54-1·77(ιη,7Η), 2.20(d,3Η), 2.47(m, 2Η), 3.23(m,2Η), 3.48(m,1H), 3.70(m,1H),3.81(m,1H),4.43(m,1H),7.03(dd, 1H), 7.16(t,1H),7.31 (q, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 305 [MH]+LCMS ELSD m/z 305 [MH]+ 100% 10 microanalysis: found C, 60·87; H, 7.80; N, 7.59%. Calculated for C18H25FN20· HC 1.0.79H2O: C, 60.88; H, 7.83; N, 7.89%. Example 9 2,3-digas-N-cyclobutyl-N-((3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1 molybdenum face servant 15

2,3-二氣-N-環丁基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷!基]苯甲醯胺氫 氣化物係自製備9之化合物藉由與實施例2所述者相似之方 法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物,311毫克(99%)。 20 】HNMR (CD3OD,400MHz) 5 :1.56(m,1H),1·70(ιη,1H), 2.00(m, 1H), 2.13(m, 1H), 2.23-2.30(m, 2H), 2.46(m, 1H), 80 1300776 2.54(m,1H),3.26(m,1H),3.54(m,1H),3.73-3.81(m,2H), 4.00(m,1H),4.71(m, 1H),7.31(m,1H),7.43(t,1H),7.66(d, 1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z313 [MH]+ 實施例10 N-環丁基甲基-2,3-二氮-N-K3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1芏甲醯胺 氫氣化物2,3-digas-N-cyclobutyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidine! The benzylideneamine hydrogenate from the compound of Preparation 9 was prepared by a procedure similar to that described in Example 2 to give the product as a solid, 311 mg (99%). 20] HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.56 (m, 1H), 1·70 (ιη, 1H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 80 1300776 2.54 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.81 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H) ), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 313 [MH]+ Example 10 N-cyclobutylmethyl-2,3-diaza-N-K3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1-indolecarboxamide Hydrogenated product

N-環丁基甲基-2,3-二氯-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯曱醯 胺氫氯化物係自製備12之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相 似之方法製備,產生呈凝膠之標的產物,55毫克(68%)。 ^NMR (CD3OD,400MHz) 5 :1.55-1.70(m, 3H), 1.85-2.03(m, 3H), 2.54(m, 3H), 3.15(m, 1H), 3.26(m, 2H), 3.50(m,1H),3.76(m,2H), 4.30(m,1H),7.38(m,1H),7.43(t, 1H),7.66(d,1H)。 LCMS UV/ESI+ m/z 327 [MH]+ 微分析:發現:C,50.83; H,5.90; N,7.42%。對 C16H20Cl2N2O· HC1.0.75H2O計算:C,50.94; H,6·01; N, 7·43%。 實施例11 2,3-二氣-N-(環丙基曱基)-N4(3SV吡咯烷-3-1 苯曱酸胺葡 81 1300776 氯化物N-Cyclobutylmethyl-2,3-dichloro-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]phenylhydrazine hydrochloride is a compound of Preparation 12 which is similar to that described in Example 1. The method was prepared to give the product as a gel, 55 mg (68%). ^NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.55-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.85-2.03 (m, 3H), 2.54 (m, 3H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.50 ( m, 1H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H). <RTI ID=0.0></RTI> </RTI> <RTI ID=0.0></RTI> Calculated for C16H20Cl2N2O. HC 1.0.75H2O: C, 50.94; H, 6·01; N, 7. 43%. Example 11 2,3-digas-N-(cyclopropylindenyl)-N4 (3SV pyrrolidine-3-1 benzoic acid amine chlorophyll 81 1300776 chloride

第三丁基(3S)-3-[環丙基曱基(2,3-二氯苯曱醯基)胺基] 吡咯烷-1-羧酸酯係藉由與製備1所述者相似之方法使用製 5 備13之胺及2,3-二氣苯曱醯氣製備,產生所欲產物(粗製)。 MS APC1+ m/z 413 [MH]+及m/z 313 [MH-Boc]+ 2,3-二氣-N-(環丙基曱基)-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯曱醯 胺氫氯化物係自前述化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之 方法製備,藉由色譜術純化,及形成氫氣化物鹽,產生呈 10 凝膠之標的產物,393毫克(77%)。 2ΗΝΜΚ (CD3OD5 400MHz) 5 :0.09(m, 2H), 0.502(m, 2H),0.88(m,1H),2.47-2.54(m,2H),3.01(m,2H),3.21(m, 1H),3.50(m,1H),3.76(m,2H),4.42(m,1H),7.36(m,2H), 7.59(d,1H)。 15 LCMS ELSD/APC1+ m/z 313 [MH]+ 100% 微分析:發現:C, 49.52; H,5.65; N,7.45%。對 C15H18C12N20. HC1.0.78H2O計算:C,49·53; H,5·70; N, 7.70%。 實施例12 20 2,3-二氣-N4(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1-N-四氫-2H-吡烷-4-基笨甲 82 1300776 醯胺The third butyl (3S)-3-[cyclopropylindenyl (2,3-dichlorophenylhydrazino)amino]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is similar to that described in Preparation 1. The method was prepared by using a compound of Ammonium 13 and 2,3-dibenzophenone to produce the desired product (crude). MS APC1+ m/z 413 [MH]+ and m/z 313 [MH-Boc]+ 2,3-dioxo-N-(cyclopropylindenyl)-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3- The benzoylamine hydrochloride is prepared from the above compound by a method similar to that described in Example 1, purified by chromatography, and formed into a hydrogenate salt to give the product as a 10 gel, 393 mg. (77%). 2ΗΝΜΚ (CD3OD5 400MHz) 5 : 0.09 (m, 2H), 0.502 (m, 2H), 0.88 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.54 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, 1H) , 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, 1H). </ RTI> <RTIgt; Calculated for C15H18C12N20. HC1.0.78H2O: C, 49·53; H, 5.70; N, 7.70%. Example 12 20 2,3-digas-N4(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1-N-tetrahydro-2H-pyridin-4-yl benzoate 82 1300776 decylamine

2,3-二氣-N-[(3S)·吡咯烷!基]-N-四氫-2Η^比燒、4 A 苯曱醯胺係自製備15之化合物藉由與實施例2所迷者相似 5 之方法製備(游離驗係藉由管柱色譜術於石夕石凝膠上使用 梯度之二氣甲烷··曱醇:含水氨(100:0:0,以體積計)改變 至二氯曱烷:甲醇:含水氨(100:10:1,以體積計)而製備, 提供呈無色油之標的化合物,用以產生呈凝膠之標的產 物,120毫克(77%)。 10 WNMR (CD3OD,400MHz) 5 :1.58(m,1H),1.74(m,1H), L89-1.97(m,2H),2.28(m,2H),2.96(m,1·5Η),3.11-3.20(m, 3H), 3.45-3.53(m, 3H), 3.92(m, 1.5H), 4.03(m, 0.5H), 4.20(m, 0.5H),7.32(dd,1H),7.42(t,1H),7.64(d,1H) 〇 MS APC1+ m/z 343 [MH]+ 15 實施例13 2-氣-N-壞戍基-N-「(3S)-Pl;b洛烧-3-基1苯甲醯胺 1300776 2-氯-N-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺係自製 備16之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之方法製備,產生 標的產物,640毫克(74%)。 !HNMR (CD3OD9 400MHz) 5 :1.43(m, 2H), L61(m, 2H), 5 1.72(m,3H),1.92(m,2H),2.38(m,2H),3.09(q,1H), 3.57-3.65(m,2H),3.79(m,1H),4.15(m,1H),7.33(m,1H), 7.43(m,2H),7.49(m,1H) MS APC1+ m/z 293 [MH]+ 實施例14 ίο 2-氣_N-環己基-N-『(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1苯甲醢胗2,3-digas-N-[(3S)·pyrrolidine! a compound of the formula 15 is prepared by a method similar to that of the second embodiment (the free test system is performed by column chromatography). Gradient two-gas methane·· sterol on the Shi Xishi gel: aqueous ammonia (100:0:0, by volume) changed to dichloromethane: methanol: aqueous ammonia (100:10:1, by volume Prepared to provide the title compound as a colorless oil to give the product as a gel, 120 mg (77%). 10 W NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 5 : 1.58 (m, 1H), 1.74 (m, 1H), L89-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.96 (m, 1.5 Η), 3.11-3.20 (m, 3H), 3.45-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.92 (m, 1.5H), 4.03(m, 0.5H), 4.20(m, 0.5H), 7.32(dd,1H), 7.42(t,1H), 7.64(d,1H) 〇MS APC1+ m/z 343 [MH] + 15 Example 13 2-Gas-N- sulphide-N-"(3S)-Pl; b-carbo-3-yl 1benzamide 1300776 2-chloro-N-cyclopentyl-N-[ (3S)-Pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide The compound from Preparation 16 was prepared by a procedure similar to that described in Example 1 to give the title product, 640 mg (74%). 400MHz) 5 : 1.43 (m, 2H), L61 (m, 2H), 5 1.72 (m, 3H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 2H), 3.09 (q, 1H), 3.57-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.79 (m, 1H) , 4.15 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 1H) MS APC1 + m/z 293 [MH] + Example 14 ίο 2- gas _N-cyclohexyl -N-"(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1benzimidazole

2-氣-N-壤己基-N-fGS)-11比略烧-3-基]苯曱酿胺係自製 備17之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之方法製備,產生 標的產物,685毫克(83%)。 15 'HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5 :0.98-1.13(brm, 3H), 1.54-1.88(brm,7H),2.44(m,2H),3.19(m,2H),3.44(q,1H), 3.66(m,1H),3.78(m,1H),4.41(m,1H),7.34-7.52(brai,4H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 307 [MH]+ 實施例15 2〇 2-氣-N-環庚烷-N-r(3SV吡咯烷-3-某1苯甲醢脍 84 13007762-Gas-N-Lomohexyl-N-fGS)-11-pyrrol-3-yl]benzoquinone-based amines were prepared from a compound of Preparation 17 by a method similar to that described in Example 1, to give the title product. , 685 mg (83%). 15 'HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5: 0.98-1.13 (brm, 3H), 1.54-1.88 (brm, 7H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.44 (q, 1H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 4.41 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.52 (brai, 4H) MS APC1+ m/z 307 [MH]+ Example 15 2〇2-Ga-N -cycloheptane-Nr (3SV pyrrolidine-3-some 1 benzamidine 84 1300776

2-氯-N-環庚烷-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺係自製 備19之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之方法製備,產生 標的產物,785毫克(81%)。 鲁 5 ^NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 :1.27(m, 3H), 1.44(m, 3H), 1.62(m,1H),1·75-1·92(ιη,5H), 2.49(m,2H),3.22(m, 2H), 3.49(q,1H),3.70(m,1H),3.81(m, 1H),4.36(m,1H), 7.35-7.52(brm,4H)。 MS APC1+ m/z321 [MH]+ 10 實施例162-Chloro-N-cycloheptane-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide is prepared from the compound of Preparation 19 by a method similar to that described in Example 1, to give the target Product, 785 mg (81%). Lu 5 ^ NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.27(m, 3H), 1.44(m, 3H), 1.62(m,1H),1·75-1·92(ιη,5H), 2.49(m,2H ), 3.22 (m, 2H), 3.49 (q, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.52 (brm, 4H). MS APC1+ m/z 321 [MH]+ 10 Example 16

N-環庚基-N-〖(3S)-p比洛烧-3-基1-2-(三氟甲基)笨曱酿胺 FN-cycloheptyl-N-[(3S)-p-pyrrolidin-3-yl1-2-(trifluoromethyl) abbreviated amine F

參 N-環庚基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯甲醯 胺係自製備20之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之方法 15 製備,產生標的產物,502毫克(72%)。 ]HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 :1.19(m, 2H), 1.32(m, 1H), 85 1300776 1.42(m,3H),1.65-1.81(m,6H),2.45(m,2H),3.24(m,2H), 3.48(t,1H),3.56(m,0.5H),3.76(m,1.5H),4.35(m,1H), 7.49(dd,1H),7.69(m,1H),7.75(m,1H),7.81(m,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 355 [MH]+ 實施例17 N-環己基-N-K3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1-2-(三氟甲某)茉甲醯胺N-cycloheptyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide is a compound of Preparation 20 which is similar to that described in Example 1. Method 15 was prepared to give the title product, 502 mg (72%). HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.19 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 1H), 85 1300776 1.42 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.81 (m, 6H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 3.24 ( m, 2H), 3.48 (t, 1H), 3.56 (m, 0.5H), 3.76 (m, 1.5H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.81 (m, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 355 [MH]+ Example 17 N-cyclohexyl-N-K3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl1-2-(trifluoromethyl)methaneamine

N-環己基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯曱醯 胺係自製備21之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之方法 10 製備,產生標的產物,460毫克(69%)。 !HNMR (CD3OD,400MHz) (5 :0.95-1.08(m,3H), 1.52-1.73(m,7H),2.08(m,1H),2.20(m,1H),2.79(m,1H), 2.96(m,1H),3.06(m,1H),3.21(dd,0.5H),3.37(m,1·5Η), 4.06(m,1H),7.42(dd,1H),7.65(m,1H),7.72(m,1H),7.79(m, 15 1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 341 [MH]+ 實施例18 N-壞戍基-N-「(3S)-p|;b咯烧-3-基1-2-(三氟甲基)苯甲酿胺 86 1300776N-cyclohexyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoguanamine is a compound similar to that described in Example 1 from the compound of Preparation 21. 10 Preparation, producing the target product, 460 mg (69%). !HNMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (5: 0.95-1.08 (m, 3H), 1.52-1.73 (m, 7H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 3.06 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, 0.5H), 3.37 (m, 1.5 Η), 4.06 (m, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.65 (m, 1H) , 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.79 (m, 15 1H) MS APC1 + m/z 341 [MH] + Example 18 N- sulphonyl-N- "(3S)-p|; -yl 1-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide 86 1300776

N-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟曱基)苯甲醯 胺係自製備22之化合物藉由與實施例1所述者相似之方法 製備,產生標的產物,690毫克(99%)。 5 WnMR (CD3OD,400MHz) 5 :1.44(m, 2H),1.59(m,2H), L73(m,4H),2.47(m,2H),3.24(m,1H),3.53(m,1·5Η), 3.76(m,2.5H),4.29(m, 1H),7.46(dd,1H),7.66(m,1H), 7.74(m,1H),7.80(m,1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 327 [MH]+ 10 實施例19 2,3-二氣-Ν-ΓΠ-甲基環丙基)甲基1-N-IY3S)-吡咯烷-3-基1茉N-cyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide is a compound of Preparation 22 which is similar to that described in Example 1. The method was prepared to give the title product 690 mg (99%). 5 WnMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) 5 : 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), L73 (m, 4H), 2.47 (m, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1 · 5Η), 3.76 (m, 2.5H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 7.46 (dd, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.80 (m, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 327 [MH] + 10 Example 19 2,3-dioxo-indole-indole-methylcyclopropyl)methyl 1-N-IY3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl 1

甲醯胺氫氯化物Methionine hydrochloride

2,3-二氣-N-[(l-甲基環丙基)甲基]-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-15 基]苯甲醯胺氫氯化物係自製備25之化合物藉由與實施例2 所述者相似之方法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物(269亳 87 1300776 克,100%) 〇 ^NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ :0.25-0.32(m, 2H), 0.44(m, 1H),0.50(m,0·5Η),0.60(m,0·5Η),0.98(s,3H),2.50-2.61(m, 2H), 2.95(dd, 1H), 3.24-3.36(m, 2H), 3.57(m, 1H), 3.75-3.87(m,2H),4.52(m,1H),7·36-7·45(πι,2H),7.63(d, 1H)。 MS APC1+ m/z 327 [MH]+ 實施例202,3-di-gas-N-[(l-methylcyclopropyl)methyl]-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide amine hydrochloride from the preparation of 25 The compound was prepared by a method similar to that described in Example 2 to give the product as a solid (269 亳 87 1300 776 g, 100%) 〇^NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ: 0.25-0.32 (m, 2H), 0.44(m, 1H), 0.50 (m, 0·5Η), 0.60 (m, 0·5Η), 0.98 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.95 (dd, 1H), 3.24- 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 7·36-7·45 (πι, 2H), 7.63 (d, 1H). MS APC1+ m/z 327 [MH]+ Example 20

3-氮-2-曱基甲基環丙基)甲基吡咯烷-3-基1 笨曱醯胺氫氣化物3-nitro-2-mercaptomethylcyclopropyl)methylpyrrolidin-3-yl 1 acesulfame hydrogenated product

3-氯-2-甲基-N-[(l-甲基環丙基)甲基]-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷 -3-基]苯甲醯胺氫氯化物係自製備26之化合物藉由與實施 例2所述者相似之方法製備,產生呈固體之標的產物(310毫 克,90%)。 ^NMR (CD3OD,400ΜΗζ) δ :0.29-0.42(m9 3.5Η), 0.51(m,0·5Η),0.96(s,3H),2.31(d,3Η),2.50(m, 1Η),2.59(m, 1H),3.02 (d,0·5Η),3.15(q,1H),3.25-3.32(m,1.5H),3.59(m, 1H),3.78-3.83(m,2H),4.51(brs,1H),7.21(m,1H),7.29(t, 1H),7.47(d, 1H)。 88 13007763-Chloro-2-methyl-N-[(l-methylcyclopropyl)methyl]-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide amine hydrochloride from self-preparation 26 The compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 2 to give the product as a solid (310 mg, 90%). ^NMR (CD3OD, 400 ΜΗζ) δ: 0.29-0.42 (m9 3.5 Η), 0.51 (m, 0·5 Η), 0.96 (s, 3H), 2.31 (d, 3 Η), 2.50 (m, 1 Η), 2.59 ( m, 1H), 3.02 (d, 0·5Η), 3.15 (q, 1H), 3.25-3.32 (m, 1.5H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.83 (m, 2H), 4.51 (brs) , 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H). 88 1300776

MS APC1+ m/z 307 [ΜΗ] 實施例21 ϋ環丁基甲基)-N-「(3SV吡咯烷冬某1-2-(三氤甲篡&gt;&gt;苹甲醢 胺氫氣化物MS APC1+ m/z 307 [ΜΗ] Example 21 ϋcyclobutylmethyl)-N-"(3SVpyrrolidine winter 1-2-(tripamethionine&gt;&gt;

FF

製備28之第三丁基(3S)-3-{(環丁基甲基)[2-(三就甲基) 苯甲醯基]胺基}吼咯烷-1-羧酸酯(1·4〇克,3.3毫莫耳)溶於 在二甲烷内之4N氣化氫。溶液攪拌1小時,且溶劑於減壓下 移除。殘質溶於水,且溶液以醚清洗。含水相藉由添加含 水NaOH鹼化且以醚萃取。醚相於硫酸鎂乾燥,過濾,且溶 劑於減壓下移除提供凝膠,其以於醚内之2N氣化氫處理, 提供〇·99克(86%)之呈白色發泡體之標的化合物。 ]ΗΝΜΚ(400ΜΗζ, CD3OD) δ :1.6M.72(m, 3jj) 1·92-2·03(ιη,3H),2.45(m,1H),2.59(m,2H),3.14(m,ih) 3.26(m, 2H), 3.55(m, 1H), 3.68-3.82(m, 2H), 4.34(m, 1¾) 7.54(m,1H),7.72(m,1H),7.80(m,1H),7.85(m,1H)。 LCMS APC1+ m/z 327[MH]+ 實施例22 實施例1至21之化合物之NRI Ki及SRI Ki係如下測 89 1300776 定。結果之選擇係如下之第1表所示。所有實施例之化合物 展現少於100 nM之NRI Ki及SRI Ki。 生物活性 化合物係使用閃爍接近檢測(SPA)技術藉由其於人類 5 血清素及去甲腎上腺素轉運體(個別係SERT及NET)抑制選 擇性輻射配位體結合之能力而測試生物活性。SPA結合係使 用自表現人類cDNA編碼SERT或NET之細胞系製備之細胞 膜製備物(hSERT,hNET),使用輻射配位體3H-四太普蘭及 3H-尼索地平而實施。 10 i)細胞培養方法 表現每一轉運體之人類胚胎腎細胞(HEK-293)係以連 續培養使用標準細胞培養技術於225cm2燒瓶(於37°C且於 濕化氛圍並具5%C〇2存在)内之50毫升生長介質(見組成物 之介質及緩衝液(Media and Buffer for composition)維持。細 15 胞係以1:3-1:4之比例自90%之成片單層通過。 為了細胞收集,生長介質自此單層移除,且細胞以細 胞解離溶解(Sigma)培養至顯現解離信息為止。細胞其後自 燒瓶底部敲下並藉由離心作用丸粒化以便於進一步使用前 貯存(於-80°C冷凍)。 20 ϋ)細胞膜之製備 細胞丸粒於冰上溶化,且再次懸浮於每丨毫升填塞細妗 體積為3宅升之膜製備緩衝液(見組成物之介質及緩衝、夜) 内,使用vortex混合器使細胞丸粒分散。於冰上培養1〇分浐 後,懸浮液使用手持式均化器均質化四次個別為1〇秒鐘之 90 1300776 時期。然後,均質物於4°C以1075 g離心2〇分鐘。 然後,上層物被收集並保留。起始細胞及核丸粒(P1) 其後使用上述條信再次均質化及進行離心作用,且上層物 被收集且與第一次旋轉保留者混合。 k ό之上層物於4 C以35000 X g離心3〇分鐘,且上層物 被棄置。然後,丸粒(P2)再次懸浮於每丨毫升原始填塞細胞 體積為1毫升膜製備緩衝液内。然後,測量蛋白質濃度,且 膜懸浮物數後以設定體積之等份物冷凍,且於用於分析前 貯存於-80°C。 10 iii)分析方法 A·座定_個—別屋批次物之晕祛分析峰丘 特疋之SPA珠材型式對每一轉運體係不相同,以麥芽凝 聚素塗覆之石夕酸釔(YSi WGA)SPA珠材係用於hSERT ,且以 WGA塗覆之聚乙烯基甲苯(PVT WGA)spA珠材係用於 15 hNET分析。對於每一批使用之膜,珠材及膜之最佳濃度被 決定。Preparation 28 of the third butyl (3S)-3-{(cyclobutylmethyl)[2-(trimethyl)benzylidenyl]amino}pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1·4〇) Gram, 3.3 millimoles) 4N hydrogenated hydrogen dissolved in dimethane. The solution was stirred for 1 hour and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and the solution was washed with ether. The aqueous phase was basified by the addition of aqueous NaOH and extracted with ether. The ether phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and solvent was evaporated and evaporated to dryness eluting with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc Compound. ]ΗΝΜΚ(400ΜΗζ, CD3OD) δ :1.6M.72(m, 3jj) 1.92-2·03(ιη,3H), 2.45(m,1H), 2.59(m,2H), 3.14(m,ih 3.26(m, 2H), 3.55(m, 1H), 3.68-3.82(m, 2H), 4.34(m, 13⁄4) 7.54(m,1H), 7.72(m,1H), 7.80(m,1H) , 7.85 (m, 1H). LCMS APC1 + m/z 327 [MH] + Example 22 NRI Ki and SRI Ki of the compounds of Examples 1 to 21 are determined as follows. The choice of results is shown in Table 1 below. All of the compounds of the examples exhibited less than 100 nM of NRI Ki and SRI Ki. Biologically active compounds were tested for bioactivity using the Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA) technique by their ability to inhibit selective radiation ligand binding in human 5 serotonin and norepinephrine transporters (individual lines SERT and NET). The SPA binding system was prepared using a cell membrane preparation (hSERT, hNET) prepared from a cell line expressing human cDNA encoding SERT or NET using the radioligands 3H-tetrapatium and 3H-nisoldipine. 10 i) Cell culture method The human embryonic kidney cells (HEK-293) expressing each transporter were continuously cultured using standard cell culture techniques in a 225 cm 2 flask (at 37 ° C and in a humidified atmosphere with 5% C 〇 2 The presence of 50 ml of growth medium (see Media and Buffer for composition) is maintained. The fine 15 cell line is passed through a 90% monolithic monolayer at a ratio of 1:3-1:4. For cell collection, the growth medium is removed from this monolayer and the cells are cultured in cell dissociation (Sigma) until dissociation information is revealed. The cells are subsequently knocked down from the bottom of the flask and pelletized by centrifugation for further use. Storage (freezing at -80 ° C). 20 ϋ) Preparation of Cell Membrane Cell pellets are melted on ice and resuspended in a membrane preparation buffer of 3 liters per liter of volume (see composition medium) In the buffer, night, the cell pellet was dispersed using a vortex mixer. After culturing for 1 minute on ice, the suspension was homogenized four times using a hand-held homogenizer for a period of 90 1300776 for 1 second. The homogenate was then centrifuged at 1075 g for 2 minutes at 4 °C. The upper layer is then collected and retained. The starting cells and nuclear pellets (P1) were then homogenized and centrifuged using the above-mentioned strip, and the supernatant was collected and mixed with the first rotation retainer. The upper layer of k ό was centrifuged at 35,000 X g for 3 minutes at 4 C, and the upper layer was discarded. Then, the pellet (P2) was resuspended in 1 ml of the original packed cell volume per ml of membrane preparation buffer. Then, the protein concentration was measured, and the number of membrane suspensions was frozen in a set volume aliquot and stored at -80 °C before being used for analysis. 10 iii) Analytical method A· stationary _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (YSi WGA) SPA beads were used for hSERT and WGA coated polyvinyl toluene (PVT WGA) spA beads were used for 15 hNET analysis. For each batch of film used, the optimum concentration of beads and film is determined.

對每一轉運體特定之氚標記之輻射配位體(對於hSERT 係3H_四太普蘭,且對於hNET係尼索地平)被使用。無輻 射配位體濃度之分析係以全為無輻射配位體濃度之百分率 20表不,以產生輻射配位體耗盡之估算。二轉運體之分析之 輕射配位體耗盡係少於3〇%,以確保具有足夠輻射配位體 T用於、巾a配位體耗盡值亦用於當使用新批之膜時選擇 最佳分析條件。 對於個別轉運體之特定輻射配位體之親和力係於選定 91 1300776 之蛋白質及珠材濃度對每一膜批次物決定。此可藉由決定 KD(50%之轉運體結合位置被佔據時之游離輻射配位體之 濃度)而達成。於一批膜之輻射配位體之平均KD係自三個個 別分析之最小者之數據決定。其後,平均KD被用於使用能 5 使用精由Cheng及Prussoff決定之方法(Cheng YC及Pnisoff W Η ·之抑制常數(κ i)及造成酶反應5 0 %抑制之抑制劑濃度 間之關係,Biochem Pharmacol 1973; 22:2098-3018)決定所 研究之化合物之Ki值而描述之膜批次物之所有分析。 B.分析方法 10 珠材/膜複合物之製備 所需之膜量於冰上溶化,且添加至預定體積之於分析 緩衝液内之珠材懸浮液。然後,珠材藉由培養於4°C搖動器 上之每毫克珠材之預定蛋白質量2小時而預偶合。 其後’珠材/膜複合物以865 g旋轉5分鐘。形成之丸粒 15再次懸浮於分析緩衝液,然後,重複此旋轉/清洗步驟。然 後’最後丸粒以用於最後分析所需之特定濃度再次懸浮於 分析緩衝液。 配位體之製備 3 [H]-輪射配位體原料之等分物於分析緩衝液内稀釋, 20產生少於平衡解離常數(KD)值之預定最終分析濃度。 所有測試化合物係自乾燥樣品以於100%二甲基亞颯 (DMSO)内之4mM濃度製備。化合物於ddH2〇内之Radiation ligands specific to each transporter (for hSERT line 3H_tetrapatium, and for hNET nisoldipine) were used. The analysis of the concentration of the non-radiative ligand was expressed as a percentage of the total concentration of the non-radiative ligand 20 to produce an estimate of the depletion of the radioligand. The light carrier ligand depletion system of the second transporter is less than 3〇% to ensure that there is sufficient radiation ligand T for the towel a ligand depletion value and also when using the new batch of membrane Choose the best analysis conditions. The affinity for a particular radioligand for an individual transporter is determined by the protein and bead concentration of 91 1300776 selected for each membrane batch. This can be achieved by determining the KD (the concentration of the free-radiating ligand when 50% of the transporter binding sites are occupied). The average KD of the radiation ligands of a batch of membranes is determined from the data of the smallest of the three individual analyses. Thereafter, the average KD was used to determine the relationship between the inhibitory constants (κ i) of Cheng YC and Pnisoff W Η and the inhibitor concentration of 50% inhibition of the enzymatic reaction using the method determined by Cheng and Prussoff. , Biochem Pharmacol 1973; 22: 2098-3018) All analyses of membrane batches described by the Ki values of the compounds studied. B. Analytical Methods 10 Preparation of Bead/Film Composite The desired amount of membrane is melted on ice and added to a predetermined volume of the bead suspension in the assay buffer. The beads were then pre-coupled by culturing the predetermined protein amount per milligram of beads on a 4 °C shaker for 2 hours. Thereafter, the bead/film composite was spun at 865 g for 5 minutes. The formed pellet 15 is resuspended in the analysis buffer, and then this rotation/washing step is repeated. The final pellet is then resuspended in assay buffer at the specific concentration required for the final assay. Preparation of Ligand 3 [H] - An aliquot of the starting ligand material is diluted in assay buffer, 20 yielding a predetermined final assay concentration that is less than the equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) value. All test compounds were prepared from dried samples at a concentration of 4 mM in 100% dimethylarsine (DMSO). Compound in ddH2〇

0.75%DMS〇稀釋,於384孔之板產生適當濃度而產生2〇&quot;L 之最終體積。 92 1300776 相同體積之分析缓衝液添加至此板之特定孔,以於其 後測ΐ總輕射配位體結合。再者,對每一轉運體特定之 20//L·南濃度化合物其後添加至預定之孔,以決定非特定之 結合(NSB)。氟西&gt;丁(1〇//]^最後分析濃度)被用於hSERT, 5且去甲丙米嗉(4〇 // Μ最後分析濃度)被用於hNET。 對於每一個別轉運體分析,2〇//]L之製得的特定輻射配 位體添加至最終分析板之每一孔(含有化合物溶液)。其後, 20//L之相對應之珠材/膜錯合物添加至最終分析板之每一 孔,確保懸浮液充份混合。然後,此等板被密封及培養, 10並於溫度搖動1小時。此等板其後於讀取前另外以暗適應培 養6小時。 每一板之分析窗(特定結合)係自總結合讀數之平均值 η減至平均之NSB讀最(每分鐘之數量,或啊)而許算。其 後每一孔之cpm讀數(及減去之平均NSB)係以板窗之百分 率表不而決定與轉運體結合之輕射配位體之量。 此等數值係對測試化合物之濃度作圖,且s型抑制濃度 作:曲線係使用四參數邏輯方程式及自由配合參數與數據 •-而產生IC50值(用卩抑制於神經傳導物質之特定姓 20合所需之化合物濃度)。 然後,抑制解離常數⑹自仏值使用Cheng p_^ 程式計算。 决疋測試化合物之個別&amp;值後,整體之幾何平均值以 95%信賴區間及_數值_起計算,其中,讀_ 值之總 93 1300776 數。實施例1-18之化合物之形成&amp;值可見於第丨表。 iv)介質及缓衝液 hSERT細胞成長介質 DMEM,10%(w/v)滲析 FCS 5 2mM之L-谷氨醯胺(自200 mM原料稀釋) 25mM之HEPES(自1M原料稀釋) 250 // g/mL之吉奈特辛(genetecin) hNET細胞成長介質 DMEM,10%(w/v) FCS 10 2mL之L-谷氨醯胺(自200 mM原料稀釋) 25mM之HEPES(自1M原料稀釋) 250//g/mL之吉奈特辛 膜製備缓衝液 20 mM之HEPES(自1M原料以ddHA稀釋),室溫時之 15 PH 7.4,於4°C貯存。使用前,一完整之蛋白酶抑制劑錠經 由50毫升缓衝液溶解。 分析緩衝液(1.5 X最終分析澧唐) 30mM之HEPES(自1M原料以ddH20稀釋)及180 mM之 NaCl(自5M原料以ddH20稀釋),室溫時之pH 7.4,於4°C貯 20 存。 第1表 化合物 SRI Ki(nM) NRI Ki(nM) 1 5 15 6 9 11 14 11 9 &quot;20 3 14 94 1300776 化e物亦可以特疋疾病模式測試,諸如,如下所述之 疼痛模式: 神經病變性疼痛 化合物於治療神經病變性疼痛之活性可依據下列測試 5 方式測量。The 0.75% DMS was diluted and the appropriate concentration was generated on a 384-well plate to yield a final volume of 2 〇&quot;L. 92 1300776 The same volume of assay buffer is added to the specific well of the plate for subsequent detection of total light-light ligand binding. Further, a specific 20//L·South concentration compound for each transporter is then added to the predetermined well to determine the non-specific binding (NSB). Fluoxil &gt; D (1〇//)^ final analysis concentration) was used for hSERT, 5 and normipropionate (4〇 // Μ last analyzed concentration) was used for hNET. For each individual transporter analysis, 2 Å//] L of the specific radiation ligand prepared was added to each well of the final assay plate (containing the compound solution). Thereafter, 20//L of the corresponding bead/membrane complex was added to each well of the final assay plate to ensure that the suspension was thoroughly mixed. The plates were then sealed and incubated, 10 and shaken at temperature for 1 hour. These plates were then additionally conditioned for 6 hours prior to reading. The analysis window (specific combination) of each plate is calculated from the average of the total combined readings η minus the average NSB reading (the number per minute, or ah). The cpm reading (and the subtracted average NSB) for each subsequent hole is determined by the percentage of the plate window to determine the amount of light-emitting ligand bound to the transporter. These values are plotted against the concentration of the test compound, and the s-type inhibitory concentration is used as follows: the curve uses a four-parameter logistic equation and free-fit parameters and data to produce an IC50 value (with a specific name of the neurotransmitter suppressed by 卩20) Concentration of the desired compound). Then, the suppression dissociation constant (6) is calculated from the 仏 value using the Cheng p_^ program. After determining the individual &amp; values of the test compound, the overall geometric mean is calculated as 95% confidence interval and _value_, where the total number of read _ values is 93 1300776. The formation &amp; values of the compounds of Examples 1-18 can be found in the second table. Iv) medium and buffer hSERT cell growth medium DMEM, 10% (w/v) dialysis FCS 5 2 mM L-glutamine (diluted from 200 mM material) 25 mM HEPES (diluted from 1 M material) 250 // g /mL of gemstone (genetecin) hNET cell growth medium DMEM, 10% (w / v) FCS 10 2mL of L-glutamine (diluted from 200 mM raw material) 25mM HEPES (diluted from 1M raw material) 250 / /g/mL of Genitalin membrane preparation buffer 20 mM HEPES (diluted from 1 M material in ddHA), 15 PH 7.4 at room temperature, stored at 4 °C. A complete protease inhibitor ingot was dissolved in 50 ml of buffer prior to use. Analytical buffer (1.5 X final analysis 澧Tang) 30 mM HEPES (diluted from 1 M material in ddH20) and 180 mM NaCl (diluted from 5M material in ddH20), pH 7.4 at room temperature, stored at 4 ° C 20 . Compound No. 1 SRI Ki(nM) NRI Ki(nM) 1 5 15 6 9 11 14 11 9 &quot;20 3 14 94 1300776 The e-form can also be tested for disease patterns, such as the pain pattern described below: The activity of a neuropathic pain compound in the treatment of neuropathic pain can be measured according to the following test 5 method.

動物·雄性斯普拉格道利大鼠以適當 大小族群置養。所有動物維持於12小時亮/黑週期(於7點〇 分點^) ’且食物及水係自由取食。所有實驗係由對於治療 事先不知之觀察者且依據H〇me 〇ffice Animals (Scientific 10 Procedures) Act 1986進行。 、經病 15 20 性損傷(cci)大鼠模 i月神經之CCI係如Bennett及Xie於以前描述般實施 (Bennett GJ[,Xie γκ•大鼠之周邊單一神經病變,其產生如 於人碩所見者之痛覺疾病,Pain:33:87 1〇7, 1988)。動物係 二/、氟醚/02混合物麻醉。右後大腿被刮毛且以1%碘擦 ^ ^後,動物於處理期間移轉至恆溫毯,且麻醉於手術 二由鼻椎維持。皮膚沿藉大腿骨線切割。總坐骨神經 =^、4月又一頭肌之純器解剖而於大腿中間曝露出。藉由於 ^ 録子且使神經溫和地自大腿抬高而使約7mm之 申於挪近坐骨三叉點脫離。使用鑷子使縫線拉經神經 ^。且Μ單的結綁域覺到些微抗力為止,然後打雙結。 序重複至4個縫合線(4-〇縫線)繞著神經鬆綁著,且具約 lmm之間隔。切口 一層層地密合,且創傷以局部抗生素治 療0 95 1300776 太fkii之鋪佐星(stz)諸發之糖屁病神姆症縿 糖尿病係藉由單一之經腹腔注射新溶於0.9%無菌生理 • 食鹽水内之鏈脲佐菌素(50毫克/公斤)而誘發。鏈脲佐菌素 之注射於3週内誘發可再生之機械性觸摸痛,持續至少7週 • 5 (Chen及Pan,大鼠之與糖尿病神經病變性疼病有關之脊聽 丘細束神經元之超敏反應(Hypersensitivity 〇f Spinothalamic Tract Neurons Associated With Diabetic • Neuropathic Pain in Rats) ^ J Neurophysiol 87:2726-2733, 2002) 〇 l〇 靜態及動態觸摸痛之評估 靜電觸摸痛 動物於作觸摸痛評估前使其於金屬線底部測試籠内馴 服。靜態觸摸痛係藉由以上升順序之力量(0.6, 1,1.4, 2, 4, 6, 8,10,15及26克)將弗雷氏毛(von Frey hair)(Stoelting,Wood 15 Dale,Illinois,USA)施加至後足掌之趾面而評估。每一弗雷 φ 氏毛係施加至足掌最多6秒,或至發生縮回反應為止。一旦 對弗雷氏毛之縮回反應建立時,此足掌被再次測試,其係 以長絲於產生縮回者之下開始,且其後以剩餘長絲以下降 力量之順序至無縮回發生。26g之最高力量使足掌上提並引 20出回應,因此代表截止點。每一動物以此方式測試二後足 掌。用以引出回應所需之最低力量被記錄成足掌縮回臨界 值(PWT),以克計。若動物對於4g(或更少)之刺激(其對首 次用作實驗(naive)之大鼠無害)回應則靜態觸摸痛被定義成 存在(Field MJ,Bmmwell S,Hughes J,Singh L.神經病變性 96 1300776 疼痛之大氣模式之機械性觸摸痛之靜態及動態組份之檢 測·其是否係藉由個別之主要感覺神經元產生訊號? pain, 1999;83:303-11)。 動態觸摸痼 5 動態觸摸痛係藉由以棉花棒輕微敲擊後足掌之腳底面 而w平估。為避免記錄一般動作活動,需小心對非活動性之 完全酬服之大鼠實施此程序。每一時間點至少進行二次測 董’其平均值代表掌縮合潛伏期(PWL)。若於15秒内未顯現 反應,則此程序被終止,且動物被定為此縮回時間。疼痛 10縮回之回應-般係伴隨重複此足掌之畏縮或舌紙。若動物 於開始敲擊8秒内對棉花棒刺激產生回應,則動態觸摸痛被 認為存在。 傷害感受性疼痛 化口物對化療傷告感受性疼痛之活性可依據下列測試 15 程序測量。 熱板 。實驗程序:雄值斯普拉格道利大鼠被置於維持於55±5 。(:之熱板吻如啦加阶動物置於熱板上與發生舌紙前 或後足掌、搖動或於表面上跳動間之時間被測量。基線測 2〇量被為之,且動物於投用藥物後再次評估。熱板潛伏期之 截止時間設定為20秒,以避免組織受損。 卵_巢子宮摘除街 實驗程序:雌性斯普拉格道利大鼠被置於麻醉室内, 且以2%賤_2混合物麻醉。手術期間,麻醉係經由鼻椎 97 !3〇〇776 維持。ονχ係於腹白線内經由中間切口(長度2公分)實施, 同時動物係於熱毯上。卵巢韌帶及子宮頸係以5_〇缝線使用 單鉤技術結备、。然後,移除卵巢及子宮。腹壁使用4個簡單 間斷縫合閉合,且皮膚使用4個創傷夾閉合。手術後立即將 5動物置於個別之樹脂玻璃室内。一旦動物從麻醉回復,腹 邻身體安悲於30 min bins於各種時間點記錄。標記之姿態 係駝背位置、與後肢向内移動有關之腹部肌肉收縮、身體 拉伸,及下腹部對地板之壓擠。此等行為之每一者被標記 成一姿態。 10 布恰南 iBrennan) 實驗程序··雄性斯普拉格道利大鼠被置於麻醉室,且 以2%異氟醚〇2混合物麻醉。手術期間,麻醉係經由鼻椎維 持。右後足掌之底部以50%乙醇清理。1公分之之縱向切口 以11號刀經由腳底部之皮膚及肌膜為之,其係自距腳跟近 15側端緣0·5公分開始且向腳趾延伸。疏肌係使用钳子提高並 縱向切開,肌肉之起始及止點維持完整。以溫和加壓止血 後,皮膚以二簡單編織尼龍縫線縫合。 乙酸鹽(MIA)讀發之〇A槿式 雄性6週大之斯普拉格道利(SD,Japai^charles River 20 JaPan)大鼠以戊巴比托麻醉。注射位置被刮毛並以70%乙醇 清理。25//1之MIA溶液或鹽水使用29G針注射於右膝關節 内。注射MIA後7、14、19及20天,一列大鼠於無應力時測 里承重(WB)。注射MIA後21天,每一後足掌之二上之\^2 被測量,且WB不足被計算。定義WB不足值為,,先值,,。考 98 1300776 量前值及前前值而均勻安排實驗組。投用測試化合物或載 劑後,每一後足掌之二上之WB被測量。 癌症疼痛模式 此等實驗使用成年雄性C3H/HeH小鼠(Nihon SLC, 5 Shizuoka,Japan)。小鼠係依據國家健康協會(Nati〇nalAnimals and male Sprague Dawley rats were housed in groups of appropriate size. All animals were maintained on a 12-hour light/black cycle (at 7 o'clock ^) ^ and food and water were free to feed. All experiments were performed by observers who were unaware of the treatment and were based on H〇me 〇ffice Animals (Scientific 10 Procedures) Act 1986. The CCI system of the sinusoidal injury (cci), such as Bennett and Xie, was performed as described previously (Bennett GJ [, Xie γκ• rat peripheral neuropathy, which is produced as a human Painful disease of the person seen, Pain: 33:87 1〇7, 1988). Animals were anesthetized with a mixture of di/fluoroether 02. After the right hind thigh was shaved and rubbed with 1% iodine, the animal was transferred to the thermostat blanket during the treatment and anesthetized to the surgery and maintained by the nasal vertebra. The skin is cut along the thigh bone line. The total sciatic nerve = ^, the other part of the head muscles in April was dissected and exposed in the middle of the thigh. By the recording of the nerve and gently raising the nerve from the thigh, about 7mm is applied to the escaping trigeminal point. Use tweezers to pull the suture through the nerves ^. And the shackles of the singularity of the singularity felt a little resistance, and then hit the double knot. The sequence was repeated until 4 sutures (4-quilt lines) were tied around the nerves and spaced about 1 mm apart. The incision is layer by layer, and the wound is treated with topical antibiotics. 0 95 1300776 too fkii's shop, singer, singer, stagnation, stagnation, diabetes, diarrhea, diarrhea, diarrhea, diarrhea Physiology • Induced by streptozotocin (50 mg/kg) in saline. Injection of streptozotocin induces regenerative mechanical pain in 3 weeks for at least 7 weeks • 5 (Chen and Pan, rat ridge auditory microstem neurons associated with diabetic neuropathic pain) Hypersensitivity 〇f Spinothalamic Tract Neurons Associated With Diabetic • Neuropathic Pain in Rats ^ J Neurophysiol 87:2726-2733, 2002) Evaluation of Static and Dynamic Touch Pain Electrostatic Touch Pain Animals Before Assessment of Touch Pain Let it tame in the test cage at the bottom of the wire. Static touch pain is by von Frey hair (Stoelting, Wood 15 Dale, by the power of ascending order (0.6, 1,1.4, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15 and 26 grams) Illinois, USA) was applied to the toe of the hind paw and evaluated. Each Frey's hair system is applied to the sole of the foot for up to 6 seconds, or until a retraction reaction occurs. Once the reversal reaction to Frey's hair is established, the foot is tested again, starting with the filaments under the retractor, and then with the remaining filaments in descending order of force to no retraction. occur. The highest force of 26g makes the foot lift and gives a response, thus representing the cut-off point. Each animal tested the second hind paw in this way. The minimum force required to elicit a response is recorded as the paw retraction threshold (PWT) in grams. If the animal responds to 4g (or less) of the stimulus (which is harmless to the rat that was first used as a naive), static touch pain is defined as being present (Field MJ, Bmmwell S, Hughes J, Singh L. Neuropathy) 96 1300776 Detection of static and dynamic components of mechanical pain in the atmospheric pattern of pain • Does it produce signals by individual major sensory neurons? Pain, 1999; 83: 303-11). Dynamic Touch 痼 5 Dynamic Touch Pain is estimated by gently tapping the underside of the foot of the foot with a cotton swab. To avoid recording general activity activities, care must be taken to perform this procedure on inactive, fully paid rats. At least two measurements were taken at each time point, the average of which represents the palm condensation latency (PWL). If no reaction occurs within 15 seconds, the procedure is terminated and the animal is scheduled for this retraction time. Pain 10 Retracted response - the general system is accompanied by repeating the contraction of the foot or tongue paper. If the animal responds to cotton swab stimuli within 8 seconds of the start of the tap, dynamic touch pain is considered to be present. Nociceptive Pain The activity of chemotherapeutic agents for chemosensory pain can be measured according to the following test 15 procedure. Hot plate. Experimental procedure: Male Sprague Dawley rats were placed at 55 ± 5 . (The hot plate kiss is measured on the hot plate and the time between the front or the back of the tongue, the shaking, or the beating on the surface. The baseline is measured and the animal is The drug was re-evaluated after administration of the drug. The deadline for the incubation period of the hot plate was set to 20 seconds to avoid tissue damage. Egg-Cavity Uterine Removal Street Experimental Procedure: Female Sprague Dougly rats were placed in an anesthesia chamber, and 2% 贱_2 mixture was anesthetized. During the operation, the anesthesia was maintained by the nasal vertebra 97!3〇〇776. The ονχ was performed in the abdominal white line through the middle incision (length 2 cm), and the animal was attached to the thermal blanket. The ovarian ligament And the cervix was prepared with a single hook technique using a 5_ quilting thread. Then, the ovaries and uterus were removed. The abdominal wall was closed with 4 simple interrupted sutures, and the skin was closed with 4 wound clips. 5 animals immediately after the operation. Placed in an individual plexiglass chamber. Once the animal recovers from anesthesia, the abdominal body amnesia is recorded at various time points in 30 min bins. The marked posture is the position of the hunchback, abdominal muscle contraction related to the inward movement of the hind limb, and body stretching. , The lower abdomen is pressed against the floor. Each of these acts is marked as a gesture. 10 Buchanan iBrennan) Experimental procedure · Male Sprague Dawley rats are placed in an anesthesia room and are 2% different Anesthetize the mixture of fluoroether oxime 2 . During the operation, the anesthesia is maintained via the nasal vertebrae. The bottom of the right hind paw was cleaned with 50% ethanol. Longitudinal incision of 1 cm The No. 11 knife is used for the skin and sarcolemma at the base of the foot, starting from 0. 5 cm from the proximal edge of the heel and extending to the toe. The sclerosing muscles are lifted and cut longitudinally using forceps, and the muscles begin and stop intact. After hemostasis with gentle compression, the skin is sutured with two simple braided nylon sutures. Acetate (MIA) reading 〇A槿 Male 6-week-old Sprague Dougly (SD, Japai^charles River 20 JaPan) rats were anesthetized with pentobarbital. The injection site was shaved and cleaned with 70% ethanol. A 25//1 MIA solution or saline was injected into the right knee joint using a 29G needle. On days 7, 14, 19 and 20 after MIA injection, a series of rats were tested for weight-bearing (WB) without stress. 21 days after the injection of MIA, \^2 on each of the hind paws was measured, and WB deficiency was calculated. Define the WB deficiency value, first value, ,. Exam 98 1300776 pre-dose and pre-previous values and evenly arrange the experimental group. After administration of the test compound or vehicle, the WB on each of the hind paws was measured. Cancer Pain Patterns These experiments used adult male C3H/HeH mice (Nihon SLC, 5 Shizuoka, Japan). The mouse is based on the National Health Association (Nati〇nal

Institutes of Health)指導原則供養於維持於22°C且具有12小The Institutes of Health guidelines are maintained at 22 ° C and have 12 small

時交替之亮/暗週期之動物飼養所,且給予自由取食之食物 及水。所用之肉瘤注射型式已被描述。藉由吸入異氟醚92%) 而誘發全身式麻醉後,表面切割係覆於體骨上之皮膚使用 10 Mora剪為之。然後,切割髖韌帶,曝露出未梢骨股髁。3〇_ 規格之針於股骨課間凹水平處插入並進入骨链管内產生起 始核路徑。於產生起始核後,29_規格之針被用以使最終路 徑進入骨内。然後,使用於氣壓式齒科用高速手柄内之半 圓形鑽產生0.5-mm之凹陷,作為機械式保留齒科樹脂栓 15塞。然後,沈#1'最小量之基本介質(Sigma;偽品注射)或 20//1之§有1 x 1〇 2472溶骨肉瘤細胞之介質(AmericanAn alternate animal house with bright/dark cycles and free access to food and water. The sarcoma injection pattern used has been described. After systemic anesthesia was induced by inhalation of isoflurane (92%), the surface was cut to cover the skin of the body bone using 10 Mora. Then, the hip ligament is cut to expose the femoral condyle. The 3〇_ gauge needle is inserted into the concave level of the femur and enters the bone chain tube to create the initial nuclear path. After the initial nucleus is produced, a 29 gauge needle is used to bring the final path into the bone. Then, a semicircular drill used in a pneumatic high-speed handle for pneumatics produces a 0.5-mm depression as a mechanically retained dental resin plug 15 plug. Then, Shen #1' minimum amount of basic medium (Sigma; counterfeit injection) or 20//1 § has 1 x 1 〇 2472 osteolytic sarcoma cell medium (American

Type Culture Collection,R0ckville,Maryland ;肉瘤注射)使 用29-規格之針及·25 cc之注射器注射。為避免細胞自骨骼 漏出’注射位置以齒科用樹脂密封,其後以過濾水充分沖 20洗。知口搶合係使用自動傷口夾(以以〇111:)^1115〇11,5抓1〇此, California)達成。傷口夾於第5天移除以避免干擾行為測試。 靜為A1觸摸痼夕 靜電觸Mi 動物於作觸摸痛評估前使其於金屬線底部測試籠内馴 99 1300776 服。靜態觸摸痛係藉由以上升順序之力量(0.6, 1,1.4, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,15及26克)將弗雷氏毛(von Frey hair)(Stoelting,WoodType Culture Collection, R0ckville, Maryland; sarcoma injections were injected using a 29-gauge needle and a 25 cc syringe. In order to prevent the cells from leaking out of the bones, the injection site is sealed with a resin for dental use, and then washed thoroughly with filtered water. Knowing the mouth grabs the system using an automatic wound clip (to 〇111:)^1115〇11,5 grab 1 〇, California). The wound clip was removed on day 5 to avoid interference behavior testing. Static for the A1 touch 痼 Static contact Mi animal before the evaluation of the touch pain to make it in the bottom of the test line in the cage test 99 1300776 clothing. Static Touch Pain is by von Frey hair (Stoelting, Wood) by the power of ascending order (0.6, 1,1.4, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15 and 26 grams)

Dale, Illinois,USA)施加至後足掌之趾面而評估。每一弗雷 氏毛係施加至足掌最多6秒,或至發生縮回反應為止。一旦 5對弗雷氏毛之縮回反應建立時,此足掌被再次測試,其係 以長絲於產生縮回者之下開始,且其後以剩餘長絲以下降 力量之順序至無縮回發生。26g之最高力量使足掌上提並引 出回應,因此代表截止點。每一動物以此方式測試二後足 掌。用以引出回應所需之最低力量被記錄成足掌縮回臨界 1〇值—丁),u克計。若動物對於他或更少)之刺激(其對首 次用作實驗之大鼠無害)㈣祕態職餘定義成存在 (Held 紙 BmmWe11 S,H_es J,Singh L.神經病變性疼痛 之大鼠模式之機械性觸摸痛之靜態及動態組份之檢測:其 是否係藉由個別之主要感覺神經元產生訊號? Pain、 15 1999;83:303-11)。 ’ 動態觸摸痛 ;動態觸摸痛係藉“棉花棒輕微敲擊後足掌之腳底面 而-平估㈣免δ己錄—般動作活動,需小心對非活動性之 完全酬服之大鼠實施此程序。每—時間點 20 量,其平均值代表掌缩入、既几# 丁一—人測 反庳,Ρ,丨此m 期(PWL)。若於15秒内未顯現 ?、冬止,且動物被定為此縮回時間。疼痛 縮回之回應-般係、伴隨 疼痛 於開始敲擊8秒内對棉〜足手之4或舌舐。若動物 認為存在。 纽回應,__撰痛被 100 1300776 輻射熱足掌縮回 實驗程序:熱足掌縮回係使用大鼠足部測試(Ugo Basile,Italy)及其後以Hargreaves等人1988之改良方法而評 估。大鼠馴服於在高玻璃桌上之由三個個別之透明塑膠盒 5 所組成之裝置。移動式輻射熱源位於桌子下且聚集於後足 掌上,且足掌縮回潛伏期(PWL)被記錄。具有22.5秒之自動 截止點以避免組織受損。PWL對每一動物之二後足掌係取 2-3次,其平均值代表右及左後足掌之基線。此裝置被校準 產生約10秒之PWL。 10 承重 貫驗程序:動物係於承重測試中使用,,不適任測試 斋’’(Linton Instruments,Diss,Norfolk,ϋ·Κ·)檢測超敏反 應。大鼠被置放且使其前肢位於透明塑膠斜面上,且後肢 之重量分伸經由於每一後足掌下之力傳感器測量。每一動 15物被置於裝置内,且藉由後足掌施加之載重被註記。承重 間之差係藉由自對側足掌扣除同側(受損)足掌而計算,且此 構成原始資料。 發炎性疼痛 化合物於治療發炎性疼痛之活性可依據下列測試方式 20 測量。 太鼠之CFA-誘發之承曹不足 雄性7週大之SD大鼠隔夜禁食。於1〇〇#[液態石蠟 (Wako)内之CFA(300//g之結核桿菌肋RA(Dif〇實驗室)被 注射於大鼠之右後爪塾内。投用咖後二後,左(同側)及右 101 1300776 (對側)肢間之後足掌重量分佈之改變係藉由使用Lint〇n不 適任測試器(Linton Instrumentation,UK)以疼痛指數測量。 懸浮於0.1% MC(Wako)内之測試化合物以每1〇〇克體重為1 毫升之體積經口投藥。每一動物被置於裝置内,後足掌施 5 加之承重於投藥前及投藥後1、2及4小時測量。 大鼠之卡拉膠誘發之機械性疼痛異當 雄性4週大之SD大鼠被隔夜禁食。疼痛異常係藉由經 跛内注射;I-卡拉(0.1毫升之於食鹽水内之1% w/v溶液, Zushikagaku)。測試化合物(1毫升之0.1%曱基纖維素/1〇〇克 10 體重)係於卡拉膠注射後5.5小時經口服用。足掌縮回臨界值 (克)係藉由疼痛計(Ugo Basile)於注射卡拉膠後3.5、4.5、6·5 及7·5小時汾量。(Randall L.O. &amp; Selitto 1丄,Arch. Int. harmacodyn. 111,409-419, 1957)。 太·鼠之土拉膠誘發之熱疼痛異常 15 熱疼痛異常係使用大鼠足部測試(Ugo Basile,Comerio,Dale, Illinois, USA) was applied to the toe of the hind paw and evaluated. Each Frey's hair system is applied to the sole of the foot for up to 6 seconds, or until a retraction reaction occurs. Once the reversal reaction of 5 pairs of Frey's hair is established, the foot is tested again, starting with the filaments under the retractor, and then with the remaining filaments in descending order of strength to no shrinkage. Back to happen. The highest force of 26g makes the foot lift and responds, thus representing the cut-off point. Each animal tested the second hind paw in this way. The minimum force required to elicit a response is recorded as the palm retraction threshold 1 — - )), u 克. If the animal is irritated to him or less (which is harmless to the first-time experimental rat) (4) The secret state is defined as the presence (Held paper BmmWe11 S, H_es J, Singh L. Rat model of neuropathic pain) Detection of static and dynamic components of mechanical pain: Does it produce signals by individual major sensory neurons? Pain, 15 1999; 83: 303-11). 'Dynamic touch pain; dynamic touch pain is based on the bottom of the foot of the cotton palm after a slight tapping of the cotton stick - flat estimate (four) free of the δ recorded - the general action activities, need to be careful to the inactive fully paid rats This program. Each time - 20 points, the average value of the palm retraction, both #丁一-人测反庳,Ρ,丨 m period (PWL). If not displayed within 15 seconds?, winter stop And the animal is scheduled to retract this time. The pain is retracted in response to the general system, accompanied by pain in the beginning of the stroke within 8 seconds on the cotton ~ foot 4 or tongue. If the animal believes that there is. New Zealand response, __ The pain was retracted by the 100 1300776 radiant hot foot test procedure: the hot foot retraction was assessed using the rat foot test (Ugo Basile, Italy) and later by the modified method of Hargreaves et al. 1988. The rat was tamed at A high glass table consisting of three separate transparent plastic boxes 5. The mobile radiant heat source is located under the table and gathered on the hind foot pocket, and the foot retraction latency (PWL) is recorded. Automatic with 22.5 seconds Cut off points to avoid tissue damage. PWL is tied to the second hind of each animal 2-3 times, the average value represents the baseline of the right and left hind paws. The device is calibrated to produce a PWL of about 10 seconds. 10 Load-bearing procedure: Animals are used in load-bearing tests, and are not suitable for test. (Linton Instruments, Diss, Norfolk, ϋ·Κ·) detects hypersensitivity reactions. Rats are placed with their forelimbs on a transparent plastic bevel, and the weight of the hind limbs is extended by the force sensor under each hind paw. Measurement. Each movement 15 is placed in the device and is recorded by the load applied by the hind paw. The difference between the weights is calculated by subtracting the ipsilateral (damaged) foot from the contralateral paw, and this The original data may be used. The activity of the inflammatory pain compound in the treatment of inflammatory pain can be measured according to the following test method 20. The CFA-induced C. sinensis in male rats is 7 days old and the SD rats are fasted overnight. [CFA in liquid paraffin (Wako) (300//g of Mycobacterium tuberculosis rib RA (Dif〇 laboratory) was injected into the right hind paw of the rat. After administration of the second, left (ipsilateral) and Right 101 1300776 (opposite side) changes in the weight distribution of the foot after the limb The pain test was measured using a Lint〇n Discommended Tester (Linton Instrumentation, UK). Test compounds suspended in 0.1% MC (Wako) were orally administered in a volume of 1 ml per 1 gram of body weight. It was placed in the device, and the weight of the hind paw was applied to the test. The load was measured before the administration and at 1, 2, and 4 hours after the administration. The carrageenan-induced mechanical pain in rats was abnormally male. The 4-week SD rats were banned overnight. Food. Pain abnormalities were obtained by intraorbital injection; I-carat (0.1 ml in 1% w/v solution in saline, Zushikagaku). The test compound (1 ml of 0.1% thioglycol/1 gram of 10 body weight) was orally administered 5.5 hours after carrageenan injection. The paw withdrawal threshold (g) was measured by a pain meter (Ugo Basile) at 3.5, 4.5, 6 · 5 and 7.5 hours after injection of carrageenan. (Randall L.O. &amp; Selitto 1丄, Arch. Int. harmacodyn. 111, 409-419, 1957). Abnormal thermal pain induced by pull-and-mouse in rats. 15 Thermal pain abnormalities are tested using the rat foot (Ugo Basile, Comerio,

Italy)依據Hargreaves等人(1988)改良之方法而評估。簡言 之,大鼠馴服於在玻璃桌上之由三個個別之透明塑膠盒所 組成之裝置。移動式輻射熱源位於桌子下且聚集於所欲之 足掌,且足掌縮回潛伏期(PWL)對每一動物之二後足掌記錄 2〇 ^人,其平均值代表右及左後足掌之基線。此裝置被校準以 於首次用作實驗之大鼠產生約10秒之PWL·。為避免疏區域 ,22·5心之截止時被觀察。Λ卡拉膠經由疏内注射 ⑽〇//1,20毫克/毫升)右後足掌,且pWT之基線記錄於投 樂後進行2小時。 102 1300776 内臟痛 化合物於治療内臟疼痛之活性可依據下列測試程序測 量。 數種模式可被用於決定化合物於治療内臟疾病是否有 5 效。此等模式包含LPS模式(Eutamene Η等人,J pharmacol Exp Ther 2000 295 (1):162-7)、TNBS模式(Dip等,消化外 科(Gastroenterology) 1999,116,4(2):A986)、IBD 模式 (Clemett D,Markham A,Drugs 2000 Ar; 59(4):92956)、胰臟 疼痛模式(Isla AM,Hosp Med 2000 Jun;61(6):386-9),及内 10 臟非消化疼痛模式(Boucher M等人,J Urol 2000 Jul; 164(1):203-8)。 大鼠之TNBS-誘發之慢性内臟觸握痼 於清醒大鼠之結腸膨脹實驗模式,事先注射三硝基苯 磺酸(TNBS)於近端結腸内降低内臟疼痛臨界值。 15 材料及方法·雄性斯普拉格道利大鼠被使用。動物於 調節環境(20±1°C,50±5%濕度,8:00 an^8:00 pm照光)每 個籠子供養3隻。第0天時,於麻醉下(κ他命8〇毫克/公斤 ι·ρ·;乙醯丙嗉12毫克/公斤ί·ρ·),對照用之大鼠注射 TNBS(50毫克/公斤,於乙醇内,30%)或食鹽水(1.5毫升/公 20斤)係實施於近端結腸壁内(距盲腸1公分)。手術後,動物被 個別供養聚丙烯籠内,且於7天期間維持於調節環境(2〇±1 C,50±5%濕度’ 8:00 am至8:〇〇 pm照光)。於第7天,於投 用TNBS後,氣囊(5-6公分長)藉由肛門插入,且藉由以導管 基於尾根部而定位(氣囊頂部距肛片5公分)。測試化合物之 103 1300776 經口投藥係於結腸膨脹循環前1小時實施:氣囊藉由0至75 mm Hg且以5 mm Hg(0.667 kPa)為階段逐漸膨脹,每一膨服 階段持續30秒。每一結腸膨脹循環係藉由標準氣壓調節器 控制。臨界值(mm Hg)係相對應於產生第一次腹部收縮時之 5 壓力,然後,膨脹循環中斷。結腸臨界值於對相同動物實 施四次膨脹循環後決定。 太鼠之LPS誘發之亩腸過齡 經腹腔注射細菌性脂多糖(LPD)已證實誘發清醒老鼠 之直腸疼痛異常。 10 材料及方法:動物以手術製備以供進行肌電圖:大鼠 藉由經腹腔注射乙醯丙嗉(〇·6毫克/公斤)及尺他命而麻醉。 三組之每組三個之電極被植入腹腔外部斜肌肉系統,剛好 高於腹股溝韌帶。電極係位於頸背之外表上,且藉由與皮 膚附接之玻璃管保護。動物係個別地供養於聚丙烯籠内, 15且維持於溫控室(21。〇内。食物(UAR丸粒,Epinay, France) 及水係自由取食。 肌電圖之讀取係於手術後5天開始。腹腔條紋肌之電活 性係以腦電波儀n(Mini vm A1·,Pads,F_e)且使用短 柃門¥數(0.03秒)以移除低頻訊號及3·6公分/分鐘之紙張速 又而。己錄。尖峰脈衝被記錄作為腹腔收縮之指數。 膨脹耘序·大鼠被置於塑膠通道(6公分直徑x 25公分 長)其間,大鼠無法移動、逃脫,或翻轉,以避免氣囊受 &amp;於直腸膨脹w使動物適應以程序4天,以使反應期間之 應力反應達最小。膨脹用之氣囊係動脈栓子切除術用導管 104 1300776 (Fogarty,Edwards Laboratories Inc·)。直腸膨脹係藉由使氣 囊(2mm直徑x 2 cm)插入直腸内,距肛門1公分,且導管固 定於尾根部。以溫水且以0.4毫升為一階段,從0至1.2毫升, 逐漸灌水,每一灌水步驟持續5分鐘。為檢測可能之漏水, 5 引入氣囊内之水的體積藉由於膨脹期結束時以注射器完全 移除水而檢查。 L圖式簡單說明3 (無) 【主要元件符號說明】 (無)Italy) was evaluated according to the method improved by Hargreaves et al. (1988). Briefly, the rats were tamed to a device consisting of three individual transparent plastic boxes on a glass table. The mobile radiant heat source is located under the table and gathered at the desired foot, and the paw retraction latency (PWL) is recorded for each animal's second hind paw. The average value represents the right and left hind paws. Baseline. This device was calibrated to produce PWL· for about 10 seconds for the first experimental rat. In order to avoid the sparse area, the 22·5 heart is observed at the cutoff. Λ Carrageenan was injected intradermally (10) 〇//1,20 mg/ml) to the right hind paw, and the baseline of pWT was recorded for 2 hours after the fungus. 102 1300776 Visceral Pain The activity of a compound in the treatment of visceral pain can be measured according to the following test procedure. Several modes can be used to determine if a compound is effective in treating visceral disease. These modes include the LPS mode (Eutamene et al, J Pharmal Exp Ther 2000 295 (1): 162-7), TNBS mode (Dip et al, Gastroenterology 1999, 116, 4(2): A986), IBD mode (Clemett D, Markham A, Drugs 2000 Ar; 59(4): 92956), pancreatic pain pattern (Isla AM, Hosp Med 2000 Jun; 61(6): 386-9), and internal 10 non-digestive Pain pattern (Boucher M et al, J Urol 2000 Jul; 164(1): 203-8). Rat TNBS-induced chronic visceral touch 痼 In the colonic expansion test mode of conscious rats, prior injection of trinitrobenzene sulfonic acid (TNBS) reduced the critical value of visceral pain in the proximal colon. 15 Materials and Methods · Male Sprague Dougly rats were used. Animals were fed 3 cages per cage in a regulated environment (20 ± 1 ° C, 50 ± 5% humidity, 8:00 an^8:00 pm). On day 0, under anesthesia (kappa 8 mg/kg ι·ρ·; acetaminophen 12 mg/kg ί·ρ·), the control rats were injected with TNBS (50 mg/kg, In ethanol, 30%) or saline (1.5 ml / 20 kg) was applied to the proximal colon wall (1 cm from the cecum). After the surgery, the animals were individually housed in polypropylene cages and maintained in a regulated environment for 7 days (2 〇 ± 1 C, 50 ± 5% humidity '8:00 am to 8: 〇〇 pm illumination). On day 7, after administration of TNBS, the balloon (5-6 cm long) was inserted through the anus and positioned by catheter based on the base of the tail (the top of the balloon was 5 cm from the anal). The test compound 103 1300776 Oral administration was performed 1 hour before the colonic expansion cycle: the balloon was gradually expanded by 0 to 75 mm Hg and at 5 mm Hg (0.667 kPa), each of which lasted for 30 seconds. Each colon expansion cycle is controlled by a standard gas pressure regulator. The critical value (mm Hg) corresponds to the 5 pressure at which the first abdominal contraction occurs, and then the expansion cycle is interrupted. The colonic threshold was determined after four expansion cycles of the same animal. LPS-induced per-intestinal over-age of the rats The intraperitoneal injection of bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPD) has been shown to induce abnormal rectal pain in conscious mice. 10 Materials and methods: Animals were surgically prepared for electromyography: rats were anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection of acetaminophen (〇·6 mg/kg) and a meter. Three sets of three electrodes in each of the three groups were implanted into the external oblique muscle system of the abdominal cavity, just above the inguinal ligament. The electrodes are located on the outside of the neck and are protected by a glass tube attached to the skin. Animals were individually housed in polypropylene cages, 15 and maintained in a temperature-controlled room (21. 〇. Food (UAR pellets, Epinay, France) and water systems were free to feed. EMG reading was performed on surgery The last 5 days began. The electrical activity of the abdominal stripe muscles was measured by brainwave meter n (Mini vm A1·, Pads, F_e) and using a short-selling number (0.03 seconds) to remove low-frequency signals and 3·6 cm/min. The speed of the paper was again recorded. The spike was recorded as an index of abdominal contraction. The expansion sequence was placed in a plastic channel (6 cm diameter x 25 cm long), and the rat could not move, escape, or flip. To avoid balloon inflation &amp; expansion in the rectum to allow the animal to adapt to the procedure for 4 days to minimize stress response during the reaction. Balloon for arterial embolectomy for inflation 104 1300776 (Fogarty, Edwards Laboratories Inc. The rectal expansion is made by inserting the balloon (2 mm diameter x 2 cm) into the rectum, 1 cm from the anus, and the catheter is fixed to the base of the tail. In warm water and in a stage of 0.4 ml, from 0 to 1.2 ml, gradually Irrigation, each irrigation step lasts 5 minutes. Measure possible water leakage, 5 The volume of water introduced into the airbag is checked by completely removing the water from the syringe at the end of the expansion period. L diagram simple explanation 3 (none) [Main component symbol description] (none)

105105

Claims (1)

&gt;4140922號專利申請案申十、申請專利範圍:&gt;4140922 patent application application ten, the scope of application for patent: 96.12.28 1. 一種化學式(I)之化合物,96.12.28 1. A compound of formula (I), 及其藥學及/或獸醫可接受之衍生物,其中: R、R2、R3及 R2G每一者個別係 Η、ci、Br、F、I、CF3、 OCF3、Me 或 Et ; R4係het或C3·7環烷基,選擇性以Cl 4烧基、Ci 4烧氧基、 含有2至4個碳原子之烷氧基烷基,或_S-(Ci *烷基)取代; a係0或1 ;且 het係非芳香族之4、5或6員之雜環,其含有至少一n、〇 或S雜原子,選擇性地稠合成5或6員之碳環基或含有至少 一N、0或S雜原子之第二4、5或6員之雜環,其中,該het 基選擇性地以至少一個別選自Ci 8烷基、Ci 8烷氧基、 〇H、-基、CF3、〇CF3、SCF3、經基-Cu烧基、Cm烧 氧基-Cw燒基,及Cl 4烷基_s_Ci 4烷基之取代基取代; 但R1、R2及r3之至少一者係非Η。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中: R1 係 Cl、Br、F、I、CF3、Me 或 Et ;且 R 及R 母一者個別係Η、Cl、Br、F、I、CF3、Me 或Et。 3·如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中: Rl及R2每一者個別係Cl、Br、F、I、Me或Et ;且 R3係 Η、Cl、Br、F、I、Me或Et。 106 -1300776 4.如申請專利範圍第1或2項之化合物,其中: • R1 係 Cl、Me 或 CF3 ; , R2係Η、C卜或F ;且 R3係 Η、C1或 F。 5 5.如申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項之化合物,其中,R4 係C3_7環烷基。 6.如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之化合物,其中,a 係0 〇 • 7.如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其係: 10 2,3-二氯-N-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氣-N-環戊基-4-氟-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯 胺, 3-氣-N-環戊基-2-甲基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, N-環戊基-3-氟-2-甲基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯曱醯胺, 15 2-氯-N-環戊基-3-氟-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氣-义環己基-?^-[(33)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 籲 2-氣-N-環己基-3-氟-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, N-環己基-3-氟-2-甲基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氣-N-環丁基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 20 N-環丁基甲基-2,3-二氯-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2.3- 二氯-N-(環丙基甲基)-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯 胺, 2.3- 二氣-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-N-四氫-2H-吡喃-4-基苯 曱醯胺, 107 •1300776 2-氯-N-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2-氣-N-環己基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]苯甲醯胺, 2- 氯-N-環庚基-N-JX3S)-11比嘻烧-3-基]苯甲酿胺, 庚基-N-[(3S)-U比洛炫*-3-基]-2-(三氣甲基)苯甲感胺, 5 N-環己基-N-[(3Sp比咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯甲醯胺, N-環戊基-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2(三氟甲基)苯甲醯胺, 2,3-二氯-N-[(l-甲基環丙基)曱基]-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基] 苯曱醯胺, 3- 氣-2-曱基-N-[(l-甲基環丙基)甲基]_N_[(3S)-吡咯烷_3_ 10 基]苯曱醯胺, N-(環丁基甲基)-N-[(3S)-吡咯烷-3-基]-2-(三氟甲基)苯曱 醯胺,或 其藥學及/或獸醫可接受之衍生物。 8·如申請專利範圍第7項之化合物,其係2,3-二氣_N_環戊基 15 -N-[(3S)-吡咯烷基]苯甲醯胺,或其藥學及/或獸醫可 接受之衍生物。 9. -種藥學組成物,包含巾請專利範圍第⑻項中任一項 之化合物’及藥學可接受之佐劑、稀釋劑或載劑。 10. 如申請專利範圍第W項中任一項之化合物 ,其係作為藥 20 齊j 〇 11·種申凊專利範圍第1-8項中任一項之化合物之用途,其 係用於製造祕治療其間涉及哺乳動物内之單胺轉運體 功能調節之疾病的藥劑。 12·種申明專利範圍第18項中任一項之化合物之用途,其 108 1300776 係用於製造用於治療其間涉及哺乳動物内之血清素或去 &gt; 甲腎上腺素調節之疾病的藥劑。 •I 13·如申請專利範圍第12項之用途,其中,涉及血清素及去 甲腎上腺素之調節。 5 14. 一種申請專利範圍第1-8項中任一項之化合物之用途,其 係用於製造用於治療哺乳動物之泌尿疾病、抑鬱症、疼 痛、早洩、ADHD或纖維肌痛之藥劑。 15·如申請專利範圍第14項之用途,其係用於治療哺乳動物 • 之尿失禁,諸如,GSI或USI。 10 16. —種製備申請專利範圍第1-8項中任一項之化合物之方 法,包含使化學式(IX)之化合物And pharmaceutically and/or veterinary acceptable derivatives thereof, wherein: R, R2, R3 and R2G each are individually Η, ci, Br, F, I, CF3, OCF3, Me or Et; R4 is het or C3 a 7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with a C 4 alkyl group, a Ci 4 alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or a _S-(Ci * alkyl group); And het is a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring of 4, 5 or 6 members which contains at least one n, hydrazine or S hetero atom, selectively fused to a 5 or 6 membered carbocyclic group or contains at least one N, a heterocyclic ring of a second 4, 5 or 6 member of a 0 or S hetero atom, wherein the het group is optionally at least one selected from the group consisting of Ci 8 alkyl, Ci 8 alkoxy, hydrazine H, —yl, CF 3 , 〇CF3, SCF3, via a base-Cu alkyl group, a Cm alkoxy-Cw alkyl group, and a substituent of a C 4 alkyl group _s_Ci 4 alkyl; but at least one of R1, R2 and r3 is non-Η . 2. The compound of claim 1, wherein: R1 is Cl, Br, F, I, CF3, Me or Et; and R and R are one of the individual systems, Cl, Br, F, I, CF3 , Me or Et. 3. The compound of claim 2, wherein: each of R1 and R2 is Cl, Br, F, I, Me or Et; and R3 is Η, Cl, Br, F, I, Me or Et . 106-1300776 4. The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein: • R1 is Cl, Me or CF3; R2 is Η, C or F; and R3 is Η, C1 or F. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R4 is a C3_7 cycloalkyl group. 6. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein a is 0 〇 7. 7. The compound of claim 1 is: 10 2,3-dichloro-N- Cyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 2.3-di-n-cyclopentyl-4-fluoro-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3- Benzoylamine, 3-oxo-N-cyclopentyl-2-methyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, N-cyclopentyl-3-fluoro -2-methyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]phenylguanamine, 15 2-chloro-N-cyclopentyl-3-fluoro-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidine- 3-yl]benzamide, 2.3-diqi-yicyclohexyl-?^-[(33)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 2-oxo-N-cyclohexyl-3- Fluorine-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, N-cyclohexyl-3-fluoro-2-methyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzene Formamide, 2.3-di-gas-N-cyclobutyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 20 N-cyclobutylmethyl-2,3-dichloro-N- [(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 2.3-dichloro-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide , 2.3- Digas-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-N-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylbenzamide, 107 •1300776 2- -N-cyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzamide, 2-a-N-cyclohexyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]benzene Formamide, 2-chloro-N-cycloheptyl-N-JX3S)-11-pyrrol-3-yl]benzamide, heptyl-N-[(3S)-Ubiluo*-3 -yl]-2-(trimethylmethyl) benzylamine, 5 N-cyclohexyl-N-[(3Sppyrrol-3-yl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide, N-cyclopentyl-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2(trifluoromethyl)benzamide, 2,3-dichloro-N-[(l-methylcyclopropane)曱)]]N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]phenyl hydrazide, 3-ox-2-indolyl-N-[(l-methylcyclopropyl)methyl]_N_ [(3S)-pyrrolidine_3_10-yl]benzamide, N-(cyclobutylmethyl)-N-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoquinone Indoleamine, or a pharmaceutically and/or veterinary acceptable derivative thereof. 8. A compound of claim 7 which is a 2,3-diox_N_cyclopentyl 15-N-[(3S) - pyrrolidinyl] benzamide, or a pharmaceutically and/or veterinary acceptable derivative thereof. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of the claims (8) and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier. 10. The use of a compound according to any one of the claims of claim 4, which is used for the manufacture of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 of the invention. An agent that treats a disease in which a monoamine transporter function is regulated in a mammal. The use of a compound according to any one of the items of claim 18, which is for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease involving serotonin or a norepinephrine regulation in a mammal. • I 13· The use of the scope of claim 12, which involves the regulation of serotonin and norepinephrine. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of urinary diseases, depression, pain, premature ejaculation, ADHD or fibromyalgia in a mammal. 15. The use of claim 14 for the treatment of urinary incontinence in mammals, such as GSI or USI. 10. A method of preparing a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which comprises a compound of formula (IX) PG IXPG IX 其中,R4係如申請專利範圍第1至8項中任一項所定義 且PG係保護基,與化學式(II)之酸或醯基齒化物反應,Wherein R4 is as defined in any one of claims 1 to 8 and the PG-based protecting group reacts with the acid or sulfhydryl dentate of the formula (II), 其中,R1、R2、R3及R2G係如申請專利範圍第1至8項中任 一項所定義,且X係OH或鹵基, 以及去保護。 109 15Wherein R1, R2, R3 and R2G are as defined in any one of claims 1 to 8 and are X-based OH or a halogen group, and deprotected. 109 15
TW094140922A 2004-11-23 2005-11-22 Novel compounds TWI300776B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB0425766.3A GB0425766D0 (en) 2004-11-23 2004-11-23 Novel compounds

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200626543A TW200626543A (en) 2006-08-01
TWI300776B true TWI300776B (en) 2008-09-11

Family

ID=33548739

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW094140922A TWI300776B (en) 2004-11-23 2005-11-22 Novel compounds

Country Status (26)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1817281A1 (en)
JP (1) JP4233596B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100886294B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101065355A (en)
AP (1) AP2007004003A0 (en)
AR (1) AR052243A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005308534A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0518486A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2589258A1 (en)
CR (1) CR9171A (en)
EA (1) EA011217B1 (en)
GB (1) GB0425766D0 (en)
GT (1) GT200500337A (en)
IL (1) IL183191A0 (en)
MA (1) MA29038B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2007006138A (en)
NL (2) NL1030485C2 (en)
NO (1) NO20072486L (en)
PA (1) PA8653501A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20061056A1 (en)
SV (1) SV2006002311A (en)
TN (1) TNSN07201A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI300776B (en)
UY (1) UY29224A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2006056884A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200703910B (en)

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CH628885A5 (en) * 1978-01-01 1982-03-31 Anphar Sa Piperidine derivative
PL1638933T3 (en) * 2003-06-17 2008-10-31 Pfizer N-pyrrolidin-3-yl-amide derivatives as serotonin and noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitors
GB0314054D0 (en) * 2003-06-17 2003-07-23 Pfizer Ltd Amide derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2006056884A1 (en) 2006-06-01
UY29224A1 (en) 2006-06-30
PA8653501A1 (en) 2006-06-02
PE20061056A1 (en) 2006-11-08
JP4233596B2 (en) 2009-03-04
NL1032760C2 (en) 2007-04-17
GT200500337A (en) 2006-06-13
EP1817281A1 (en) 2007-08-15
GB0425766D0 (en) 2004-12-22
TW200626543A (en) 2006-08-01
SV2006002311A (en) 2006-09-14
JP2008520646A (en) 2008-06-19
AP2007004003A0 (en) 2007-06-30
MX2007006138A (en) 2007-07-19
KR20070086599A (en) 2007-08-27
NL1030485C2 (en) 2006-11-07
BRPI0518486A2 (en) 2008-11-18
CA2589258A1 (en) 2006-06-01
NL1032760A1 (en) 2006-12-13
EA200700920A1 (en) 2007-12-28
AR052243A1 (en) 2007-03-07
KR100886294B1 (en) 2009-03-04
TNSN07201A1 (en) 2008-11-21
AU2005308534A1 (en) 2006-06-01
CN101065355A (en) 2007-10-31
IL183191A0 (en) 2007-08-19
EA011217B1 (en) 2009-02-27
NO20072486L (en) 2007-06-20
CR9171A (en) 2007-07-04
ZA200703910B (en) 2008-09-25
NL1030485A1 (en) 2006-05-24
MA29038B1 (en) 2007-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200914431A (en) Novel morpholine compounds
KR20010021853A (en) Kappa agonist compounds, pharmaceutical formulations and method of prevention and treatment of pruritus therewith
US7122683B2 (en) Amides useful as monoamine re-uptake inhibitors
TW200902003A (en) Quinolone and tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds having NOS inhibitory activity
JP2008543828A (en) 3-Phenylazetidine derivatives as dopamine agonists
JP2002524444A (en) Kappa agonist compound and pharmaceutical preparation thereof
ES2784398T3 (en) 3,3-Difluoropiperidine carbamate heterocyclic compounds as NMDA NR2B receptor antagonists
TW200819132A (en) Piperidine, morpholine, and pyrrolidinyl analogs
TW201008912A (en) 3-(phenoxyphenylmethyl)pyrrolidine compounds
CN101600701A (en) Aryl sulfamide derivatives and its using method
RU2320369C2 (en) Combinations containing alpha-2-delta ligands and serotonin/noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors
US7619096B2 (en) 3-Aminopyrrolidines as inhibitors of monoamine uptake
JP4157158B2 (en) Novel salt forms of dopamine agonists
TWI300776B (en) Novel compounds
JP2008524200A (en) New compounds
US20070066604A1 (en) Diaminoalcohols as therapeutic compounds
JP2008523137A (en) N-pyrrolidin-3-yl-amide derivatives as serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors
US20090239929A1 (en) N-Pyrrolidin-3-YL-Amide Derivatives As Serotonin and Noradrenalin Re-Uptake Inhibitors
TW201041581A (en) N-[(7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-1-yl)-aryl-methyl] benzamide derivatives, preparation thereof and therapeutic use thereof
WO1997046515A1 (en) Substituted benzenes having nos inhibitory effects
CN101001630A (en) Combination of selective noradrenalin reabsorption inhibitor and PDEV inhibitor
JP2007314534A (en) Salt suitable for medicine and animal drug
TW201014592A (en) Benzamide derivatives, preparing method and medicinal use thereof